Specifies whether the user configured the property in Amplify Studio after importing it.
", "FieldConfig$excluded": "Specifies whether to hide a field.
", "FieldInputConfig$defaultChecked": "Specifies whether a field has a default value.
", + "FieldInputConfig$isArray": "Specifies whether to render the field as an array. This property is ignored if the dataSourceType for the form is a Data Store.
Specifies a read only field.
", "FieldInputConfig$required": "Specifies a field that requires input.
", "FormButton$excluded": "Specifies whether the button is visible on the form.
" @@ -440,7 +441,7 @@ } }, "FormCTA": { - "base": "Describes the call to action button configuration for the form..
", + "base": "Describes the call to action button configuration for the form.
", "refs": { "CreateFormData$cta": "The FormCTA object that stores the call to action configuration for the form.
Stores the call to action configuration for the form.
", diff --git a/models/apis/appflow/2020-08-23/api-2.json b/models/apis/appflow/2020-08-23/api-2.json index f1a387828f9..287039fda4f 100644 --- a/models/apis/appflow/2020-08-23/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/appflow/2020-08-23/api-2.json @@ -2107,7 +2107,8 @@ "MATH_OPERATION_FIELDS_ORDER", "CONCAT_FORMAT", "SUBFIELD_CATEGORY_MAP", - "EXCLUDE_SOURCE_FIELDS_LIST" + "EXCLUDE_SOURCE_FIELDS_LIST", + "INCLUDE_NEW_FIELDS" ] }, "Operators":{ @@ -2521,6 +2522,18 @@ "isSandboxEnvironment":{"shape":"Boolean"} } }, + "SalesforceDataTransferApi":{ + "type":"string", + "enum":[ + "AUTOMATIC", + "BULKV2", + "REST_SYNC" + ] + }, + "SalesforceDataTransferApiList":{ + "type":"list", + "member":{"shape":"SalesforceDataTransferApi"} + }, "SalesforceDestinationProperties":{ "type":"structure", "required":["object"], @@ -2528,13 +2541,15 @@ "object":{"shape":"Object"}, "idFieldNames":{"shape":"IdFieldNameList"}, "errorHandlingConfig":{"shape":"ErrorHandlingConfig"}, - "writeOperationType":{"shape":"WriteOperationType"} + "writeOperationType":{"shape":"WriteOperationType"}, + "dataTransferApi":{"shape":"SalesforceDataTransferApi"} } }, "SalesforceMetadata":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ - "oAuthScopes":{"shape":"OAuthScopeList"} + "oAuthScopes":{"shape":"OAuthScopeList"}, + "dataTransferApis":{"shape":"SalesforceDataTransferApiList"} } }, "SalesforceSourceProperties":{ @@ -2543,7 +2558,8 @@ "members":{ "object":{"shape":"Object"}, "enableDynamicFieldUpdate":{"shape":"Boolean"}, - "includeDeletedRecords":{"shape":"Boolean"} + "includeDeletedRecords":{"shape":"Boolean"}, + "dataTransferApi":{"shape":"SalesforceDataTransferApi"} } }, "ScheduleExpression":{ diff --git a/models/apis/appflow/2020-08-23/docs-2.json b/models/apis/appflow/2020-08-23/docs-2.json index a0603e21934..bee446bc31f 100644 --- a/models/apis/appflow/2020-08-23/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/appflow/2020-08-23/docs-2.json @@ -1911,6 +1911,20 @@ "ConnectorProfileProperties$Salesforce": "The connector-specific properties required by Salesforce.
" } }, + "SalesforceDataTransferApi": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "SalesforceDataTransferApiList$member": null, + "SalesforceDestinationProperties$dataTransferApi": "Specifies which Salesforce API is used by Amazon AppFlow when your flow transfers data to Salesforce.
The default. Amazon AppFlow selects which API to use based on the number of records that your flow transfers to Salesforce. If your flow transfers fewer than 1,000 records, Amazon AppFlow uses Salesforce REST API. If your flow transfers 1,000 records or more, Amazon AppFlow uses Salesforce Bulk API 2.0.
Each of these Salesforce APIs structures data differently. If Amazon AppFlow selects the API automatically, be aware that, for recurring flows, the data output might vary from one flow run to the next. For example, if a flow runs daily, it might use REST API on one day to transfer 900 records, and it might use Bulk API 2.0 on the next day to transfer 1,100 records. For each of these flow runs, the respective Salesforce API formats the data differently. Some of the differences include how dates are formatted and null values are represented. Also, Bulk API 2.0 doesn't transfer Salesforce compound fields.
By choosing this option, you optimize flow performance for both small and large data transfers, but the tradeoff is inconsistent formatting in the output.
Amazon AppFlow uses only Salesforce Bulk API 2.0. This API runs asynchronous data transfers, and it's optimal for large sets of data. By choosing this option, you ensure that your flow writes consistent output, but you optimize performance only for large data transfers.
Note that Bulk API 2.0 does not transfer Salesforce compound fields.
Amazon AppFlow uses only Salesforce REST API. By choosing this option, you ensure that your flow writes consistent output, but you decrease performance for large data transfers that are better suited for Bulk API 2.0. In some cases, if your flow attempts to transfer a vary large set of data, it might fail with a timed out error.
Specifies which Salesforce API is used by Amazon AppFlow when your flow transfers data from Salesforce.
The default. Amazon AppFlow selects which API to use based on the number of records that your flow transfers from Salesforce. If your flow transfers fewer than 1,000,000 records, Amazon AppFlow uses Salesforce REST API. If your flow transfers 1,000,000 records or more, Amazon AppFlow uses Salesforce Bulk API 2.0.
Each of these Salesforce APIs structures data differently. If Amazon AppFlow selects the API automatically, be aware that, for recurring flows, the data output might vary from one flow run to the next. For example, if a flow runs daily, it might use REST API on one day to transfer 900,000 records, and it might use Bulk API 2.0 on the next day to transfer 1,100,000 records. For each of these flow runs, the respective Salesforce API formats the data differently. Some of the differences include how dates are formatted and null values are represented. Also, Bulk API 2.0 doesn't transfer Salesforce compound fields.
By choosing this option, you optimize flow performance for both small and large data transfers, but the tradeoff is inconsistent formatting in the output.
Amazon AppFlow uses only Salesforce Bulk API 2.0. This API runs asynchronous data transfers, and it's optimal for large sets of data. By choosing this option, you ensure that your flow writes consistent output, but you optimize performance only for large data transfers.
Note that Bulk API 2.0 does not transfer Salesforce compound fields.
Amazon AppFlow uses only Salesforce REST API. By choosing this option, you ensure that your flow writes consistent output, but you decrease performance for large data transfers that are better suited for Bulk API 2.0. In some cases, if your flow attempts to transfer a vary large set of data, it might fail with a timed out error.
The Salesforce APIs that you can have Amazon AppFlow use when your flows transfers data to or from Salesforce.
" + } + }, "SalesforceDestinationProperties": { "base": "The properties that are applied when Salesforce is being used as a destination.
", "refs": { diff --git a/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/api-2.json b/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/api-2.json index fddd5141743..d98bb87d89f 100644 --- a/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/api-2.json @@ -8997,7 +8997,9 @@ "members":{ "FirstName":{"shape":"AgentFirstName"}, "LastName":{"shape":"AgentLastName"}, - "Email":{"shape":"Email"} + "Email":{"shape":"Email"}, + "SecondaryEmail":{"shape":"Email"}, + "Mobile":{"shape":"PhoneNumber"} } }, "UserIdentityInfoLite":{ diff --git a/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/docs-2.json b/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/docs-2.json index c18e36e668d..388b285bf2e 100644 --- a/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/docs-2.json @@ -1512,7 +1512,8 @@ "Email": { "base": null, "refs": { - "UserIdentityInfo$Email": "The email address. If you are using SAML for identity management and include this parameter, an error is returned.
" + "UserIdentityInfo$Email": "The email address. If you are using SAML for identity management and include this parameter, an error is returned.
", + "UserIdentityInfo$SecondaryEmail": "The user's secondary email address. If you provide a secondary email, the user receives email notifications -- other than password reset notifications -- to this email address instead of to their primary email address.
" } }, "EmailReference": { @@ -2900,6 +2901,7 @@ "PhoneNumberSummary$PhoneNumber": "The phone number.
", "StartOutboundVoiceContactRequest$DestinationPhoneNumber": "The phone number of the customer, in E.164 format.
", "StartOutboundVoiceContactRequest$SourcePhoneNumber": "The phone number associated with the Amazon Connect instance, in E.164 format. If you do not specify a source phone number, you must specify a queue.
", + "UserIdentityInfo$Mobile": "The user's mobile number.
", "UserPhoneConfig$DeskPhoneNumber": "The phone number for the user's desk phone.
" } }, diff --git a/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/api-2.json b/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/api-2.json index e9bd08031e7..c0cf78b0c14 100644 --- a/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/api-2.json @@ -559,6 +559,23 @@ {"shape":"UnsupportedOperationException"} ] }, + "DescribeUpdateDirectory":{ + "name":"DescribeUpdateDirectory", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/" + }, + "input":{"shape":"DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"DescribeUpdateDirectoryResult"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"DirectoryDoesNotExistException"}, + {"shape":"InvalidParameterException"}, + {"shape":"AccessDeniedException"}, + {"shape":"ClientException"}, + {"shape":"ServiceException"}, + {"shape":"InvalidNextTokenException"} + ] + }, "DisableClientAuthentication":{ "name":"DisableClientAuthentication", "http":{ @@ -1003,6 +1020,26 @@ {"shape":"ServiceException"} ] }, + "UpdateDirectorySetup":{ + "name":"UpdateDirectorySetup", + "http":{ + "method":"POST", + "requestUri":"/" + }, + "input":{"shape":"UpdateDirectorySetupRequest"}, + "output":{"shape":"UpdateDirectorySetupResult"}, + "errors":[ + {"shape":"UnsupportedOperationException"}, + {"shape":"DirectoryInDesiredStateException"}, + {"shape":"DirectoryUnavailableException"}, + {"shape":"SnapshotLimitExceededException"}, + {"shape":"InvalidParameterException"}, + {"shape":"DirectoryDoesNotExistException"}, + {"shape":"AccessDeniedException"}, + {"shape":"ClientException"}, + {"shape":"ServiceException"} + ] + }, "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers":{ "name":"UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers", "http":{ @@ -1543,6 +1580,7 @@ } }, "CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension":{"type":"boolean"}, + "CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate":{"type":"boolean"}, "CreateSnapshotRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":["DirectoryId"], @@ -1885,6 +1923,26 @@ "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken"} } }, + "DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "DirectoryId", + "UpdateType" + ], + "members":{ + "DirectoryId":{"shape":"DirectoryId"}, + "UpdateType":{"shape":"UpdateType"}, + "RegionName":{"shape":"RegionName"}, + "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken"} + } + }, + "DescribeUpdateDirectoryResult":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "UpdateActivities":{"shape":"UpdateActivities"}, + "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken"} + } + }, "Description":{ "type":"string", "max":128, @@ -1996,7 +2054,8 @@ "SsoEnabled":{"shape":"SsoEnabled"}, "DesiredNumberOfDomainControllers":{"shape":"DesiredNumberOfDomainControllers"}, "OwnerDirectoryDescription":{"shape":"OwnerDirectoryDescription"}, - "RegionsInfo":{"shape":"RegionsInfo"} + "RegionsInfo":{"shape":"RegionsInfo"}, + "OsVersion":{"shape":"OSVersion"} } }, "DirectoryDescriptions":{ @@ -2026,6 +2085,14 @@ "type":"list", "member":{"shape":"DirectoryId"} }, + "DirectoryInDesiredStateException":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "Message":{"shape":"ExceptionMessage"}, + "RequestId":{"shape":"RequestId"} + }, + "exception":true + }, "DirectoryLimitExceededException":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -2360,6 +2427,7 @@ }, "exception":true }, + "InitiatedBy":{"type":"string"}, "InsufficientPermissionsException":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ @@ -2633,6 +2701,19 @@ "min":1, "pattern":"^(https?|ftp|file|ldaps?)://[-a-zA-Z0-9+&@#/%?=~_|!:,.;()]*[-a-zA-Z0-9+&@#/%=~_|()]" }, + "OSUpdateSettings":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "OSVersion":{"shape":"OSVersion"} + } + }, + "OSVersion":{ + "type":"string", + "enum":[ + "SERVER_2012", + "SERVER_2019" + ] + }, "OrganizationalUnitDN":{ "type":"string", "max":2000, @@ -3367,6 +3448,10 @@ }, "exception":true }, + "UpdateActivities":{ + "type":"list", + "member":{"shape":"UpdateInfoEntry"} + }, "UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":[ @@ -3385,6 +3470,40 @@ "members":{ } }, + "UpdateDirectorySetupRequest":{ + "type":"structure", + "required":[ + "DirectoryId", + "UpdateType" + ], + "members":{ + "DirectoryId":{"shape":"DirectoryId"}, + "UpdateType":{"shape":"UpdateType"}, + "OSUpdateSettings":{"shape":"OSUpdateSettings"}, + "CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate":{ + "shape":"CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate", + "box":true + } + } + }, + "UpdateDirectorySetupResult":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + } + }, + "UpdateInfoEntry":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "Region":{"shape":"RegionName"}, + "Status":{"shape":"UpdateStatus"}, + "StatusReason":{"shape":"UpdateStatusReason"}, + "InitiatedBy":{"shape":"InitiatedBy"}, + "NewValue":{"shape":"UpdateValue"}, + "PreviousValue":{"shape":"UpdateValue"}, + "StartTime":{"shape":"StartDateTime"}, + "LastUpdatedDateTime":{"shape":"LastUpdatedDateTime"} + } + }, "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":[ @@ -3435,6 +3554,15 @@ "DirectoryId":{"shape":"DirectoryId"} } }, + "UpdateStatus":{ + "type":"string", + "enum":[ + "Updated", + "Updating", + "UpdateFailed" + ] + }, + "UpdateStatusReason":{"type":"string"}, "UpdateTrustRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":["TrustId"], @@ -3450,6 +3578,16 @@ "TrustId":{"shape":"TrustId"} } }, + "UpdateType":{ + "type":"string", + "enum":["OS"] + }, + "UpdateValue":{ + "type":"structure", + "members":{ + "OSUpdateSettings":{"shape":"OSUpdateSettings"} + } + }, "UseSameUsername":{"type":"boolean"}, "UserDoesNotExistException":{ "type":"structure", diff --git a/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/docs-2.json b/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/docs-2.json index e6c1c75392f..88c518430fd 100644 --- a/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/docs-2.json @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ "DescribeSharedDirectories": "Returns the shared directories in your account.
", "DescribeSnapshots": "Obtains information about the directory snapshots that belong to this account.
This operation supports pagination with the use of the NextToken request and response parameters. If more results are available, the DescribeSnapshots.NextToken member contains a token that you pass in the next call to DescribeSnapshots to retrieve the next set of items.
You can also specify a maximum number of return results with the Limit parameter.
", "DescribeTrusts": "Obtains information about the trust relationships for this account.
If no input parameters are provided, such as DirectoryId or TrustIds, this request describes all the trust relationships belonging to the account.
", + "DescribeUpdateDirectory": "Describes the updates of a directory for a particular update type.
", "DisableClientAuthentication": "Disables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory.
", "DisableLDAPS": "Deactivates LDAP secure calls for the specified directory.
", "DisableRadius": "Disables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory.
", @@ -62,6 +63,7 @@ "StartSchemaExtension": "Applies a schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory.
", "UnshareDirectory": "Stops the directory sharing between the directory owner and consumer accounts.
", "UpdateConditionalForwarder": "Updates a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your Amazon Web Services directory.
", + "UpdateDirectorySetup": "Updates the directory for a particular update type.
", "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers": "Adds or removes domain controllers to or from the directory. Based on the difference between current value and new value (provided through this API call), domain controllers will be added or removed. It may take up to 45 minutes for any new domain controllers to become fully active once the requested number of domain controllers is updated. During this time, you cannot make another update request.
", "UpdateRadius": "Updates the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server information for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory.
", "UpdateSettings": "Updates the configurable settings for the specified directory.
", @@ -470,6 +472,12 @@ "StartSchemaExtensionRequest$CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension": "If true, creates a snapshot of the directory before applying the schema extension.
" } }, + "CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "UpdateDirectorySetupRequest$CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate": "The boolean that specifies if a snapshot for the directory needs to be taken before updating the directory.
" + } + }, "CreateSnapshotRequest": { "base": "Contains the inputs for the CreateSnapshot operation.
", "refs": { @@ -708,6 +716,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "DescribeUpdateDirectoryResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "Description": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -869,6 +887,7 @@ "DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest$OwnerDirectoryId": "Returns the identifier of the directory in the directory owner account.
", "DescribeSnapshotsRequest$DirectoryId": "The identifier of the directory for which to retrieve snapshot information.
", "DescribeTrustsRequest$DirectoryId": "The Directory ID of the Amazon Web Services directory that is a part of the requested trust relationship.
", + "DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest$DirectoryId": "The unique identifier of the directory.
", "DirectoryDescription$DirectoryId": "The directory identifier.
", "DirectoryIds$member": null, "DisableClientAuthenticationRequest$DirectoryId": "The identifier of the directory
", @@ -908,6 +927,7 @@ "UnshareDirectoryRequest$DirectoryId": "The identifier of the Managed Microsoft AD directory that you want to stop sharing.
", "UnshareDirectoryResult$SharedDirectoryId": "Identifier of the directory stored in the directory consumer account that is to be unshared from the specified directory (DirectoryId).
The directory ID of the Amazon Web Services directory for which to update the conditional forwarder.
", + "UpdateDirectorySetupRequest$DirectoryId": "The identifier of the directory on which you want to perform the update.
", "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest$DirectoryId": "Identifier of the directory to which the domain controllers will be added or removed.
", "UpdateRadiusRequest$DirectoryId": "The identifier of the directory for which to update the RADIUS server information.
", "UpdateSettingsRequest$DirectoryId": "The identifier of the directory for which to update settings.
", @@ -921,6 +941,11 @@ "DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest$SharedDirectoryIds": "A list of identifiers of all shared directories in your account.
" } }, + "DirectoryInDesiredStateException": { + "base": "The directory is already updated to desired update type settings.
", + "refs": { + } + }, "DirectoryLimitExceededException": { "base": "The maximum number of directories in the region has been reached. You can use the GetDirectoryLimits operation to determine your directory limits in the region.
", "refs": { @@ -1172,6 +1197,7 @@ "DirectoryAlreadyInRegionException$Message": null, "DirectoryAlreadySharedException$Message": null, "DirectoryDoesNotExistException$Message": null, + "DirectoryInDesiredStateException$Message": null, "DirectoryLimitExceededException$Message": null, "DirectoryNotSharedException$Message": null, "DirectoryUnavailableException$Message": null, @@ -1225,6 +1251,12 @@ "refs": { } }, + "InitiatedBy": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "UpdateInfoEntry$InitiatedBy": "This specifies if the update was initiated by the customer or by the service team.
" + } + }, "InsufficientPermissionsException": { "base": "The account does not have sufficient permission to perform the operation.
", "refs": { @@ -1361,7 +1393,8 @@ "LDAPSSettingInfo$LastUpdatedDateTime": "The date and time when the LDAPS settings were last updated.
", "RegionDescription$LastUpdatedDateTime": "The date and time that the Region description was last updated.
", "SharedDirectory$LastUpdatedDateTime": "The date and time that the shared directory was last updated.
", - "Trust$LastUpdatedDateTime": "The date and time that the trust relationship was last updated.
" + "Trust$LastUpdatedDateTime": "The date and time that the trust relationship was last updated.
", + "UpdateInfoEntry$LastUpdatedDateTime": "The last updated date and time of a particular directory setting.
" } }, "LaunchTime": { @@ -1496,6 +1529,8 @@ "DescribeSnapshotsResult$NextToken": "If not null, more results are available. Pass this value in the NextToken member of a subsequent call to DescribeSnapshots.
", "DescribeTrustsRequest$NextToken": "The DescribeTrustsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeTrusts. Pass null if this is the first call.
", "DescribeTrustsResult$NextToken": "If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken parameter in a subsequent call to DescribeTrusts to retrieve the next set of items.
", + "DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest$NextToken": " The DescribeUpdateDirectoryResult. NextToken value from a previous call to DescribeUpdateDirectory. Pass null if this is the first call.
If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken parameter.
A token for requesting another page of certificates if the NextToken response element indicates that more certificates are available. Use the value of the returned NextToken element in your request until the token comes back as null. Pass null if this is the first call.
Indicates whether another page of certificates is available when the number of available certificates exceeds the page limit.
", "ListIpRoutesRequest$NextToken": "The ListIpRoutes.NextToken value from a previous call to ListIpRoutes. Pass null if this is the first call.
", @@ -1527,6 +1562,20 @@ "ClientCertAuthSettings$OCSPUrl": "Specifies the URL of the default OCSP server used to check for revocation status. A secondary value to any OCSP address found in the AIA extension of the user certificate.
" } }, + "OSUpdateSettings": { + "base": "OS version that the directory needs to be updated to.
", + "refs": { + "UpdateDirectorySetupRequest$OSUpdateSettings": "The settings for the OS update that needs to be performed on the directory.
", + "UpdateValue$OSUpdateSettings": "The OS update related settings.
" + } + }, + "OSVersion": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "DirectoryDescription$OsVersion": "The operating system (OS) version of the directory.
", + "OSUpdateSettings$OSVersion": "OS version that the directory needs to be updated to.
" + } + }, "OrganizationalUnitDN": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1628,9 +1677,11 @@ "AddRegionRequest$RegionName": "The name of the Region where you want to add domain controllers for replication. For example, us-east-1.
The name of the Region. For example, us-east-1.
The name of the Region.
", "DirectoryConfigurationSettingRequestDetailedStatus$key": null, "RegionDescription$RegionName": "The name of the Region. For example, us-east-1.
The Region where the Managed Microsoft AD directory was originally created.
" + "RegionsInfo$PrimaryRegion": "The Region where the Managed Microsoft AD directory was originally created.
", + "UpdateInfoEntry$Region": "The name of the Region.
" } }, "RegionType": { @@ -1748,6 +1799,7 @@ "DirectoryAlreadyInRegionException$RequestId": null, "DirectoryAlreadySharedException$RequestId": null, "DirectoryDoesNotExistException$RequestId": null, + "DirectoryInDesiredStateException$RequestId": null, "DirectoryLimitExceededException$RequestId": null, "DirectoryNotSharedException$RequestId": null, "DirectoryUnavailableException$RequestId": null, @@ -2022,7 +2074,8 @@ "StartDateTime": { "base": null, "refs": { - "SchemaExtensionInfo$StartDateTime": "The date and time that the schema extension started being applied to the directory.
" + "SchemaExtensionInfo$StartDateTime": "The date and time that the schema extension started being applied to the directory.
", + "UpdateInfoEntry$StartTime": " The start time of the UpdateDirectorySetup for the particular type.
The list of update activities on a directory for the requested update type.
" + } + }, "UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest": { "base": "Updates a conditional forwarder.
", "refs": { @@ -2251,6 +2310,22 @@ "refs": { } }, + "UpdateDirectorySetupRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "UpdateDirectorySetupResult": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "UpdateInfoEntry": { + "base": "An entry of update information related to a requested update type.
", + "refs": { + "UpdateActivities$member": null + } + }, "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -2287,6 +2362,18 @@ "refs": { } }, + "UpdateStatus": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "UpdateInfoEntry$Status": "The status of the update performed on the directory.
" + } + }, + "UpdateStatusReason": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "UpdateInfoEntry$StatusReason": "The reason for the current status of the update type activity.
" + } + }, "UpdateTrustRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -2297,6 +2384,20 @@ "refs": { } }, + "UpdateType": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest$UpdateType": "The type of updates you want to describe for the directory.
", + "UpdateDirectorySetupRequest$UpdateType": "The type of update that needs to be performed on the directory. For example, OS.
" + } + }, + "UpdateValue": { + "base": " The value for a given type of UpdateSettings.
The new value of the target setting.
", + "UpdateInfoEntry$PreviousValue": "The old value of the target setting.
" + } + }, "UseSameUsername": { "base": null, "refs": { diff --git a/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/paginators-1.json b/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/paginators-1.json index da0b8729d69..0d56c9c0e50 100644 --- a/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/paginators-1.json +++ b/models/apis/ds/2015-04-16/paginators-1.json @@ -1,9 +1,85 @@ { "pagination": { + "DescribeClientAuthenticationSettings": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "ClientAuthenticationSettingsInfo" + }, + "DescribeDirectories": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "DirectoryDescriptions" + }, "DescribeDomainControllers": { "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken" + }, + "DescribeLDAPSSettings": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "LDAPSSettingsInfo" + }, + "DescribeRegions": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "RegionsDescription" + }, + "DescribeSharedDirectories": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "SharedDirectories" + }, + "DescribeSnapshots": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "Snapshots" + }, + "DescribeTrusts": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "Trusts" + }, + "DescribeUpdateDirectory": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "UpdateActivities" + }, + "ListCertificates": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "CertificatesInfo" + }, + "ListIpRoutes": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "IpRoutesInfo" + }, + "ListLogSubscriptions": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "LogSubscriptions" + }, + "ListSchemaExtensions": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", + "output_token": "NextToken", + "result_key": "SchemaExtensionsInfo" + }, + "ListTagsForResource": { + "input_token": "NextToken", + "limit_key": "Limit", "output_token": "NextToken", - "limit_key": "Limit" + "result_key": "Tags" } } -} +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/models/apis/ecs/2014-11-13/docs-2.json b/models/apis/ecs/2014-11-13/docs-2.json index 33eb27582f7..8fb3f5e1bd1 100644 --- a/models/apis/ecs/2014-11-13/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ecs/2014-11-13/docs-2.json @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ "base": "The deployment controller to use for the service. For more information, see Amazon ECS deployment types in the Amazon Elastic Container Service Developer Guide.
", "refs": { "CreateServiceRequest$deploymentController": "The deployment controller to use for the service. If no deployment controller is specified, the default value of ECS is used.
The deployment controller type the service is using. When using the DescribeServices API, this field is omitted if the service uses the ECS deployment controller type.
The deployment controller type the service is using.
" } }, "DeploymentControllerType": { @@ -1318,8 +1318,8 @@ "ManagedScalingStepSize": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ManagedScaling$minimumScalingStepSize": "The minimum number of container instances that Amazon ECS scales in or scales out at one time. If this parameter is omitted, the default value of 1 is used.
The maximum number of container instances that Amazon ECS scales in or scales out at one time. If this parameter is omitted, the default value of 10000 is used.
The minimum number of Amazon EC2 instances that Amazon ECS will scale out at one time. The scale in process is not affected by this parameter If this parameter is omitted, the default value of 1 is used.
When additional capacity is required, Amazon ECS will scale up the minimum scaling step size even if the actual demand is less than the minimum scaling step size.
If you use a capacity provider with an Auto Scaling group configured with more than one Amazon EC2 instance type or Availability Zone, Amazon ECS will scale up by the exact minimum scaling step size value and will ignore both the maximum scaling step size as well as the capacity demand.
", + "ManagedScaling$maximumScalingStepSize": "The maximum number of Amazon EC2 instances that Amazon ECS will scale out at one time. The scale in process is not affected by this parameter. If this parameter is omitted, the default value of 10000 is used.
Amazon GuardDuty is a continuous security monitoring service that analyzes and processes the following data sources: VPC Flow Logs, AWS CloudTrail management event logs, CloudTrail S3 data event logs, EKS audit logs, and DNS logs. It uses threat intelligence feeds (such as lists of malicious IPs and domains) and machine learning to identify unexpected, potentially unauthorized, and malicious activity within your Amazon Web Services environment. This can include issues like escalations of privileges, uses of exposed credentials, or communication with malicious IPs, URLs, or domains. For example, GuardDuty can detect compromised EC2 instances that serve malware or mine bitcoin.
GuardDuty also monitors Amazon Web Services account access behavior for signs of compromise. Some examples of this are unauthorized infrastructure deployments such as EC2 instances deployed in a Region that has never been used, or unusual API calls like a password policy change to reduce password strength.
GuardDuty informs you of the status of your Amazon Web Services environment by producing security findings that you can view in the GuardDuty console or through Amazon CloudWatch events. For more information, see the Amazon GuardDuty User Guide .
", + "service": "Amazon GuardDuty is a continuous security monitoring service that analyzes and processes the following data sources: VPC flow logs, Amazon Web Services CloudTrail management event logs, CloudTrail S3 data event logs, EKS audit logs, and DNS logs. It uses threat intelligence feeds (such as lists of malicious IPs and domains) and machine learning to identify unexpected, potentially unauthorized, and malicious activity within your Amazon Web Services environment. This can include issues like escalations of privileges, uses of exposed credentials, or communication with malicious IPs, URLs, or domains. For example, GuardDuty can detect compromised EC2 instances that serve malware or mine bitcoin.
GuardDuty also monitors Amazon Web Services account access behavior for signs of compromise. Some examples of this are unauthorized infrastructure deployments such as EC2 instances deployed in a Region that has never been used, or unusual API calls like a password policy change to reduce password strength.
GuardDuty informs you of the status of your Amazon Web Services environment by producing security findings that you can view in the GuardDuty console or through Amazon CloudWatch events. For more information, see the Amazon GuardDuty User Guide .
", "operations": { "AcceptAdministratorInvitation": "Accepts the invitation to be a member account and get monitored by a GuardDuty administrator account that sent the invitation.
", "AcceptInvitation": "Accepts the invitation to be monitored by a GuardDuty administrator account.
", @@ -20,13 +20,13 @@ "DeleteMembers": "Deletes GuardDuty member accounts (to the current GuardDuty administrator account) specified by the account IDs.
", "DeletePublishingDestination": "Deletes the publishing definition with the specified destinationId.
Deletes the ThreatIntelSet specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID.
", - "DescribeMalwareScans": "Returns a list of malware scans.
", + "DescribeMalwareScans": "Returns a list of malware scans. Each member account can view the malware scans for their own accounts. An administrator can view the malware scans for all the member accounts.
", "DescribeOrganizationConfiguration": "Returns information about the account selected as the delegated administrator for GuardDuty.
", "DescribePublishingDestination": "Returns information about the publishing destination specified by the provided destinationId.
Disables an Amazon Web Services account within the Organization as the GuardDuty delegated administrator.
", "DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount": "Disassociates the current GuardDuty member account from its administrator account.
", "DisassociateFromMasterAccount": "Disassociates the current GuardDuty member account from its administrator account.
", - "DisassociateMembers": "Disassociates GuardDuty member accounts (to the current GuardDuty administrator account) specified by the account IDs.
", + "DisassociateMembers": "Disassociates GuardDuty member accounts (to the current administrator account) specified by the account IDs.
", "EnableOrganizationAdminAccount": "Enables an Amazon Web Services account within the organization as the GuardDuty delegated administrator.
", "GetAdministratorAccount": "Provides the details for the GuardDuty administrator account associated with the current GuardDuty member account.
", "GetDetector": "Retrieves an Amazon GuardDuty detector specified by the detectorId.
", @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ "DataSourceFreeTrial": { "base": "Contains information about which data sources are enabled for the GuardDuty member account.
", "refs": { - "DataSourcesFreeTrial$CloudTrail": "Describes whether any AWS CloudTrail management event logs are enabled as data sources.
", + "DataSourcesFreeTrial$CloudTrail": "Describes whether any Amazon Web Services CloudTrail management event logs are enabled as data sources.
", "DataSourcesFreeTrial$DnsLogs": "Describes whether any DNS logs are enabled as data sources.
", "DataSourcesFreeTrial$FlowLogs": "Describes whether any VPC Flow logs are enabled as data sources.
", "DataSourcesFreeTrial$S3Logs": "Describes whether any S3 data event logs are enabled as data sources.
", @@ -761,8 +761,8 @@ "EbsSnapshotPreservation": { "base": null, "refs": { - "GetMalwareScanSettingsResponse$EbsSnapshotPreservation": "An enum value representing possible snapshot preservations.
", - "UpdateMalwareScanSettingsRequest$EbsSnapshotPreservation": "An enum value representing possible snapshot preservations.
" + "GetMalwareScanSettingsResponse$EbsSnapshotPreservation": "An enum value representing possible snapshot preservation settings.
", + "UpdateMalwareScanSettingsRequest$EbsSnapshotPreservation": "An enum value representing possible snapshot preservation settings.
" } }, "EbsVolumeDetails": { @@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ } }, "FilterCriterion": { - "base": "Represents a condition that when matched will be added to the response of the operation.
", + "base": "Represents a condition that when matched will be added to the response of the operation. Irrespective of using any filter criteria, an administrator account can view the scan entries for all of its member accounts. However, each member account can view the scan entries only for their own account.
", "refs": { "FilterCriterionList$member": null } @@ -1476,7 +1476,8 @@ "MalwareProtectionConfigurationResult": { "base": "An object that contains information on the status of all Malware Protection data sources.
", "refs": { - "DataSourceConfigurationsResult$MalwareProtection": "Describes the configuration of Malware Protection data sources.
" + "DataSourceConfigurationsResult$MalwareProtection": "Describes the configuration of Malware Protection data sources.
", + "UnprocessedDataSourcesResult$MalwareProtection": null } }, "MalwareProtectionDataSourceFreeTrial": { @@ -2053,6 +2054,7 @@ "DomainDetails$Domain": "The domain information for the Amazon Web Services API call.
", "EbsVolumeScanDetails$ScanId": "Unique Id of the malware scan that generated the finding.
", "EbsVolumeScanDetails$TriggerFindingId": "GuardDuty finding ID that triggered a malware scan.
", + "EbsVolumesResult$Reason": "Specifies the reason why scanning EBS volumes (Malware Protection) was not enabled as a data source.
", "EcsClusterDetails$Name": "The name of the ECS Cluster.
", "EcsClusterDetails$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that identifies the cluster.
", "EcsClusterDetails$Status": "The status of the ECS cluster.
", @@ -2131,7 +2133,7 @@ "ListInvitationsRequest$NextToken": "You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.
", "ListInvitationsResponse$NextToken": "The pagination parameter to be used on the next list operation to retrieve more items.
", "ListMembersRequest$NextToken": "You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.
", - "ListMembersRequest$OnlyAssociated": "Specifies whether to only return associated members or to return all members (including members who haven't been invited yet or have been disassociated).
", + "ListMembersRequest$OnlyAssociated": "Specifies whether to only return associated members or to return all members (including members who haven't been invited yet or have been disassociated). Member accounts must have been previously associated with the GuardDuty administrator account using Create Members .
The pagination parameter to be used on the next list operation to retrieve more items.
", "ListOrganizationAdminAccountsRequest$NextToken": "A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. For subsequent calls, use the NextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.
The pagination parameter to be used on the next list operation to retrieve more items.
", @@ -2394,6 +2396,12 @@ "UpdateMemberDetectorsResponse$UnprocessedAccounts": "A list of member account IDs that were unable to be processed along with an explanation for why they were not processed.
" } }, + "UnprocessedDataSourcesResult": { + "base": "Specifies the names of the data sources that couldn't be enabled.
", + "refs": { + "CreateDetectorResponse$UnprocessedDataSources": "Specifies the data sources that couldn't be enabled when GuardDuty was enabled for the first time.
" + } + }, "UntagResourceRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { diff --git a/models/apis/iam/2010-05-08/docs-2.json b/models/apis/iam/2010-05-08/docs-2.json index 8859e35c3b3..9b21678adf6 100644 --- a/models/apis/iam/2010-05-08/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/iam/2010-05-08/docs-2.json @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ "DeleteGroup": "Deletes the specified IAM group. The group must not contain any users or have any attached policies.
", "DeleteGroupPolicy": "Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group.
A group can also have managed policies attached to it. To detach a managed policy from a group, use DetachGroupPolicy. For more information about policies, refer to Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "DeleteInstanceProfile": "Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an associated role.
Make sure that you do not have any Amazon EC2 instances running with the instance profile you are about to delete. Deleting a role or instance profile that is associated with a running instance will break any applications running on the instance.
For more information about instance profiles, see About instance profiles.
", - "DeleteLoginProfile": "Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's ability to access Amazon Web Services services through the Amazon Web Services Management Console.
You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM console to delete a password for any IAM user. You can use ChangePassword to update, but not delete, your own password in the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console.
Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing Amazon Web Services through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey.
Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, For more information, see Managing passwords for IAM users.
You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM console to delete a password for any IAM user. You can use ChangePassword to update, but not delete, your own password in the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console.
Deleting a user's password does not prevent a user from accessing Amazon Web Services through the command line interface or the API. To prevent all user access, you must also either make any access keys inactive or delete them. For more information about making keys inactive or deleting them, see UpdateAccessKey and DeleteAccessKey.
Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM.
Deleting an IAM OIDC provider resource does not update any roles that reference the provider as a principal in their trust policies. Any attempt to assume a role that references a deleted provider fails.
This operation is idempotent; it does not fail or return an error if you call the operation for a provider that does not exist.
", "DeletePolicy": "Deletes the specified managed policy.
Before you can delete a managed policy, you must first detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that it is attached to. In addition, you must delete all the policy's versions. The following steps describe the process for deleting a managed policy:
Detach the policy from all users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, using DetachUserPolicy, DetachGroupPolicy, or DetachRolePolicy. To list all the users, groups, and roles that a policy is attached to, use ListEntitiesForPolicy.
Delete all versions of the policy using DeletePolicyVersion. To list the policy's versions, use ListPolicyVersions. You cannot use DeletePolicyVersion to delete the version that is marked as the default version. You delete the policy's default version in the next step of the process.
Delete the policy (this automatically deletes the policy's default version) using this operation.
For information about managed policies, see Managed policies and inline policies in the IAM User Guide.
", "DeletePolicyVersion": "Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy.
You cannot delete the default version from a policy using this operation. To delete the default version from a policy, use DeletePolicy. To find out which version of a policy is marked as the default version, use ListPolicyVersions.
For information about versions for managed policies, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.
", @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ "TrackedActionsLastAccessed": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ServiceLastAccessed$TrackedActionsLastAccessed": "An object that contains details about the most recent attempt to access a tracked action within the service.
This field is null if there no tracked actions or if the principal did not use the tracked actions within the reporting period. This field is also null if the report was generated at the service level and not the action level. For more information, see the Granularity field in GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails.
An object that contains details about the most recent attempt to access a tracked action within the service.
This field is null if there no tracked actions or if the principal did not use the tracked actions within the tracking period. This field is also null if the report was generated at the service level and not the action level. For more information, see the Granularity field in GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider.
", "ServerCertificateMetadata$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) specifying the server certificate. For more information about ARNs and how to use them in policies, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.
", - "ServiceLastAccessed$LastAuthenticatedEntity": "The ARN of the authenticated entity (user or role) that last attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", + "ServiceLastAccessed$LastAuthenticatedEntity": "The ARN of the authenticated entity (user or role) that last attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
", "SetDefaultPolicyVersionRequest$PolicyArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy whose default version you want to set.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
", "SimulatePrincipalPolicyRequest$PolicySourceArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a user, group, or role whose policies you want to include in the simulation. If you specify a user, group, or role, the simulation includes all policies that are associated with that entity. If you specify a user, the simulation also includes all policies that are attached to any groups the user belongs to.
The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas.
For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
", "TagOpenIDConnectProviderRequest$OpenIDConnectProviderArn": "The ARN of the OIDC identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags.
This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-
", @@ -2435,11 +2435,11 @@ "dateType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "AccessDetail$LastAuthenticatedTime": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated principal most recently attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", + "AccessDetail$LastAuthenticatedTime": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated principal most recently attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
", "AccessKey$CreateDate": "The date when the access key was created.
", "AccessKeyLastUsed$LastUsedDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the access key was most recently used. This field is null in the following situations:
The user does not have an access key.
An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this information.
There is no sign-in data associated with the user.
The date when the access key was created.
", - "EntityDetails$LastAuthenticated": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the authenticated entity last attempted to access Amazon Web Services. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", + "EntityDetails$LastAuthenticated": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the authenticated entity last attempted to access Amazon Web Services. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
", "GetCredentialReportResponse$GeneratedTime": "The date and time when the credential report was created, in ISO 8601 date-time format.
", "GetOpenIDConnectProviderResponse$CreateDate": "The date and time when the IAM OIDC provider resource object was created in the Amazon Web Services account.
", "GetOrganizationsAccessReportResponse$JobCreationDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the report job was created.
", @@ -2469,11 +2469,11 @@ "SSHPublicKeyMetadata$UploadDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the SSH public key was uploaded.
", "ServerCertificateMetadata$UploadDate": "The date when the server certificate was uploaded.
", "ServerCertificateMetadata$Expiration": "The date on which the certificate is set to expire.
", - "ServiceLastAccessed$LastAuthenticated": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", + "ServiceLastAccessed$LastAuthenticated": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
", "ServiceSpecificCredential$CreateDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the service-specific credential were created.
", "ServiceSpecificCredentialMetadata$CreateDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the service-specific credential were created.
", "SigningCertificate$UploadDate": "The date when the signing certificate was uploaded.
", - "TrackedActionLastAccessed$LastAccessedTime": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to access the tracked service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", + "TrackedActionLastAccessed$LastAccessedTime": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when an authenticated entity most recently attempted to access the tracked service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
", "User$CreateDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user was created.
", "User$PasswordLastUsed": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user's password was last used to sign in to an Amazon Web Services website. For a list of Amazon Web Services websites that capture a user's last sign-in time, see the Credential reports topic in the IAM User Guide. If a password is used more than once in a five-minute span, only the first use is returned in this field. If the field is null (no value), then it indicates that they never signed in with a password. This can be because:
The user never had a password.
A password exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this information on October 20, 2014.
A null value does not mean that the user never had a password. Also, if the user does not currently have a password but had one in the past, then this field contains the date and time the most recent password was used.
This value is returned only in the GetUser and ListUsers operations.
", "UserDetail$CreateDate": "The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format, when the user was created.
", @@ -2660,10 +2660,10 @@ "integerType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "AccessDetail$TotalAuthenticatedEntities": "The number of accounts with authenticated principals (root users, IAM users, and IAM roles) that attempted to access the service in the reporting period.
", + "AccessDetail$TotalAuthenticatedEntities": "The number of accounts with authenticated principals (root users, IAM users, and IAM roles) that attempted to access the service in the tracking period.
", "GetOrganizationsAccessReportResponse$NumberOfServicesAccessible": "The number of services that the applicable SCPs allow account principals to access.
", "GetOrganizationsAccessReportResponse$NumberOfServicesNotAccessed": "The number of services that account principals are allowed but did not attempt to access.
", - "ServiceLastAccessed$TotalAuthenticatedEntities": "The total number of authenticated principals (root user, IAM users, or IAM roles) that have attempted to access the service.
This field is null if no principals attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
" + "ServiceLastAccessed$TotalAuthenticatedEntities": "The total number of authenticated principals (root user, IAM users, or IAM roles) that have attempted to access the service.
This field is null if no principals attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
" } }, "invalidAuthenticationCodeMessage": { @@ -2859,7 +2859,7 @@ "organizationsEntityPathType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "AccessDetail$EntityPath": "The path of the Organizations entity (root, organizational unit, or account) from which an authenticated principal last attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no principals (IAM users, IAM roles, or root users) in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", + "AccessDetail$EntityPath": "The path of the Organizations entity (root, organizational unit, or account) from which an authenticated principal last attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no principals (IAM users, IAM roles, or root users) in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
", "GenerateOrganizationsAccessReportRequest$EntityPath": "The path of the Organizations entity (root, OU, or account). You can build an entity path using the known structure of your organization. For example, assume that your account ID is 123456789012 and its parent OU ID is ou-rge0-awsabcde. The organization root ID is r-f6g7h8i9j0example and your organization ID is o-a1b2c3d4e5. Your entity path is o-a1b2c3d4e5/r-f6g7h8i9j0example/ou-rge0-awsabcde/123456789012.
The Region where the last service access attempt occurred.
This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", + "AccessDetail$Region": "The Region where the last service access attempt occurred.
This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
", "AccessKeyLastUsed$ServiceName": "The name of the Amazon Web Services service with which this access key was most recently used. The value of this field is \"N/A\" in the following situations:
The user does not have an access key.
An access key exists but has not been used since IAM started tracking this information.
There is no sign-in data associated with the user.
The Amazon Web Services Region where this access key was most recently used. The value for this field is \"N/A\" in the following situations:
The user does not have an access key.
An access key exists but has not been used since IAM began tracking this information.
There is no sign-in data associated with the user.
For more information about Amazon Web Services Regions, see Regions and endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.
", "ErrorDetails$Message": "Detailed information about the reason that the operation failed.
", "ErrorDetails$Code": "The error code associated with the operation failure.
", "RoleLastUsed$Region": "The name of the Amazon Web Services Region in which the role was last used.
", - "ServiceLastAccessed$LastAuthenticatedRegion": "The Region from which the authenticated entity (user or role) last attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
", + "ServiceLastAccessed$LastAuthenticatedRegion": "The Region from which the authenticated entity (user or role) last attempted to access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
", "TrackedActionLastAccessed$ActionName": "The name of the tracked action to which access was attempted. Tracked actions are actions that report activity to IAM.
", - "TrackedActionLastAccessed$LastAccessedRegion": "The Region from which the authenticated entity (user or role) last attempted to access the tracked action. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the reporting period.
" + "TrackedActionLastAccessed$LastAccessedRegion": "The Region from which the authenticated entity (user or role) last attempted to access the tracked action. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests.
This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within the tracking period.
" } }, "summaryKeyType": { diff --git a/models/apis/iotfleetwise/2021-06-17/docs-2.json b/models/apis/iotfleetwise/2021-06-17/docs-2.json index d860072e534..1f94d50f41d 100644 --- a/models/apis/iotfleetwise/2021-06-17/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/iotfleetwise/2021-06-17/docs-2.json @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ { "version": "2.0", - "service": "Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise is in preview release and is subject to change. We recommend that you use the service only with test data, and not in production environments.
While Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise is in preview, you must download the preview Amazon Web Services SDK and CLI to use the API operations for this service. These API operations aren't available in the public Amazon Web Services SDK or CLI. For more information, see Preview Amazon Web Services SDK and CLI in the Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise Developer Guide.
Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise is a fully managed service that you can use to collect, model, and transfer vehicle data to the Amazon Web Services cloud at scale. With Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise, you can standardize all of your vehicle data models, independent of the in-vehicle communication architecture, and define data collection rules to transfer only high-value data to the cloud.
For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise? in the Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise Developer Guide.
", + "service": "Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise is a fully managed service that you can use to collect, model, and transfer vehicle data to the Amazon Web Services cloud at scale. With Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise, you can standardize all of your vehicle data models, independent of the in-vehicle communication architecture, and define data collection rules to transfer only high-value data to the cloud.
For more information, see What is Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise? in the Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise Developer Guide.
", "operations": { "AssociateVehicleFleet": "Adds, or associates, a vehicle with a fleet.
", "BatchCreateVehicle": "Creates a group, or batch, of vehicles.
You must specify a decoder manifest and a vehicle model (model manifest) for each vehicle.
For more information, see Create multiple vehicles (AWS CLI) in the Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise Developer Guide.
", @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ "DataExtraDimensionNodePathList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateCampaignRequest$dataExtraDimensions": "(Optional) A list of vehicle attributes to associate with a campaign.
Default: An empty array
", + "CreateCampaignRequest$dataExtraDimensions": "(Optional) A list of vehicle attributes to associate with a campaign.
Enrich the data with specified vehicle attributes. For example, add make and model to the campaign, and Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise will associate the data with those attributes as dimensions in Amazon Timestream. You can then query the data against make and model.
Default: An empty array
", "GetCampaignResponse$dataExtraDimensions": "A list of vehicle attributes associated with the campaign.
", "UpdateCampaignRequest$dataExtraDimensions": "A list of vehicle attributes to associate with a signal.
Default: An empty array
" } diff --git a/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/api-2.json b/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/api-2.json index b9f33b1ea44..b51a351b79d 100644 --- a/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/api-2.json @@ -2941,6 +2941,10 @@ "AvailSettings": { "type": "structure", "members": { + "Esam": { + "shape": "Esam", + "locationName": "esam" + }, "Scte35SpliceInsert": { "shape": "Scte35SpliceInsert", "locationName": "scte35SpliceInsert" @@ -6032,6 +6036,39 @@ "TimecodeConfig" ] }, + "Esam": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "AcquisitionPointId": { + "shape": "__stringMax256", + "locationName": "acquisitionPointId" + }, + "AdAvailOffset": { + "shape": "__integerMinNegative1000Max1000", + "locationName": "adAvailOffset" + }, + "Password": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "password" + }, + "PoisEndpoint": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "poisEndpoint" + }, + "Username": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "username" + }, + "ZoneIdentity": { + "shape": "__stringMax256", + "locationName": "zoneIdentity" + } + }, + "required": [ + "AcquisitionPointId", + "PoisEndpoint" + ] + }, "FailoverCondition": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -11299,6 +11336,10 @@ "shape": "PauseStateScheduleActionSettings", "locationName": "pauseStateSettings" }, + "Scte35InputSettings": { + "shape": "Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings", + "locationName": "scte35InputSettings" + }, "Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings": { "shape": "Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings", "locationName": "scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings" @@ -11494,6 +11535,29 @@ "RESTRICT_GROUP2" ] }, + "Scte35InputMode": { + "type": "string", + "enum": [ + "FIXED", + "FOLLOW_ACTIVE" + ] + }, + "Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings": { + "type": "structure", + "members": { + "InputAttachmentNameReference": { + "shape": "__string", + "locationName": "inputAttachmentNameReference" + }, + "Mode": { + "shape": "Scte35InputMode", + "locationName": "mode" + } + }, + "required": [ + "Mode" + ] + }, "Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag": { "type": "string", "enum": [ diff --git a/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/docs-2.json b/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/docs-2.json index afeeb5ba49d..b4792e69d3e 100644 --- a/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/medialive/2017-10-14/docs-2.json @@ -971,6 +971,12 @@ "UpdateChannel$EncoderSettings": "The encoder settings for this channel." } }, + "Esam": { + "base": "Esam", + "refs": { + "AvailSettings$Esam": null + } + }, "FailoverCondition": { "base": "Failover Condition settings. There can be multiple failover conditions inside AutomaticInputFailoverSettings.", "refs": { @@ -3000,6 +3006,18 @@ "Scte35DeliveryRestrictions$DeviceRestrictions": "Corresponds to SCTE-35 device_restrictions parameter." } }, + "Scte35InputMode": { + "base": "Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the input to ingest only a portion of the file.", + "refs": { + "Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings$Mode": "Whether the SCTE-35 input should be the active input or a fixed input." + } + }, + "Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings": { + "base": "Settings for the \"scte35 input\" action", + "refs": { + "ScheduleActionSettings$Scte35InputSettings": "Action to get scte35 input" + } + }, "Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag": { "base": "Corresponds to the no_regional_blackout_flag parameter. A value of REGIONAL_BLACKOUT corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one of the \"restriction\" flags then you must include all four of them.", "refs": { @@ -3985,6 +4003,7 @@ "__integerMinNegative1000Max1000": { "base": null, "refs": { + "Esam$AdAvailOffset": "When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not apply to OOB messages.", "Scte35SpliceInsert$AdAvailOffset": "When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not apply to OOB messages.", "Scte35TimeSignalApos$AdAvailOffset": "When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not apply to OOB messages." } @@ -4435,6 +4454,9 @@ "CreatePartnerInput$RequestId": "Unique identifier of the request to ensure the request is handled\nexactly once in case of retries.\n", "DvbSubDestinationSettings$FontSize": "When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output. Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.", "EbuTtDDestinationSettings$FontFamily": "Specifies the font family to include in the font data attached to the EBU-TT captions. Valid only if styleControl is set to include. If you leave this field empty, the font family is set to \"monospaced\". (If styleControl is set to exclude, the font family is always set to \"monospaced\".)\n\nYou specify only the font family. All other style information (color, bold, position and so on) is copied from the input captions. The size is always set to 100% to allow the downstream player to choose the size.\n\n- Enter a list of font families, as a comma-separated list of font names, in order of preference. The name can be a font family (such as \u201cArial\u201d), or a generic font family (such as \u201cserif\u201d), or \u201cdefault\u201d (to let the downstream player choose the font).\n- Leave blank to set the family to \u201cmonospace\u201d.", + "Esam$PasswordParam": "Password if credentials are required to access the POIS endpoint. This is a reference to an AWS parameter store name from which the password can be retrieved. AWS Parameter store format: \"ssm://Overview
This is the AWS Panorama API Reference. For an introduction to the service, see What is AWS Panorama? in the AWS Panorama Developer Guide.
", "operations": { "CreateApplicationInstance": "Creates an application instance and deploys it to a device.
", - "CreateJobForDevices": "Creates a job to run on one or more devices.
", + "CreateJobForDevices": "Creates a job to run on one or more devices. A job can update a device's software or reboot it.
", "CreateNodeFromTemplateJob": "Creates a camera stream node.
", "CreatePackage": "Creates a package and storage location in an Amazon S3 access point.
", "CreatePackageImportJob": "Imports a node package.
", @@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ "ProvisionDevice": "Creates a device and returns a configuration archive. The configuration archive is a ZIP file that contains a provisioning certificate that is valid for 5 minutes. Name the configuration archive certificates-omni_device-name.zip and transfer it to the device within 5 minutes. Use the included USB storage device and connect it to the USB 3.0 port next to the HDMI output.
Registers a package version.
", "RemoveApplicationInstance": "Removes an application instance.
", + "SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances": "Signal camera nodes to stop or resume.
", "TagResource": "Tags a resource.
", "UntagResource": "Removes tags from a resource.
", "UpdateDeviceMetadata": "Updates a device's metadata.
" @@ -88,7 +89,9 @@ "DescribeApplicationInstanceResponse$ApplicationInstanceIdToReplace": "The ID of the application instance that this instance replaced.
", "ListApplicationInstanceDependenciesRequest$ApplicationInstanceId": "The application instance's ID.
", "ListApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest$ApplicationInstanceId": "The node instances' application instance ID.
", - "RemoveApplicationInstanceRequest$ApplicationInstanceId": "An application instance ID.
" + "RemoveApplicationInstanceRequest$ApplicationInstanceId": "An application instance ID.
", + "SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest$ApplicationInstanceId": "An application instance ID.
", + "SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesResponse$ApplicationInstanceId": "An application instance ID.
" } }, "ApplicationInstanceName": { @@ -399,6 +402,12 @@ "UpdateDeviceMetadataRequest$Description": "A description for the device.
" } }, + "DesiredState": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ReportedRuntimeContextState$DesiredState": "The application's desired state.
" + } + }, "Device": { "base": "A device.
", "refs": { @@ -468,7 +477,7 @@ "DeviceJobConfig": { "base": "A job's configuration.
", "refs": { - "CreateJobForDevicesRequest$DeviceJobConfig": "Configuration settings for the job.
" + "CreateJobForDevicesRequest$DeviceJobConfig": "Configuration settings for a software update job.
" } }, "DeviceJobList": { @@ -495,6 +504,12 @@ "ProvisionDeviceRequest$Name": "A name for the device.
" } }, + "DeviceReportedStatus": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ReportedRuntimeContextState$DeviceReportedStatus": "The application's reported status.
" + } + }, "DeviceSerialNumber": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -641,7 +656,10 @@ "JobType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateJobForDevicesRequest$JobType": "The type of job to run.
" + "CreateJobForDevicesRequest$JobType": "The type of job to run.
", + "DescribeDeviceJobResponse$JobType": "The job's type.
", + "DeviceJob$JobType": "The job's type.
", + "LatestDeviceJob$JobType": "The job's type.
" } }, "LastUpdatedTime": { @@ -961,7 +979,8 @@ "NodeInstanceId": { "base": null, "refs": { - "NodeInstance$NodeInstanceId": "The instance's ID.
" + "NodeInstance$NodeInstanceId": "The instance's ID.
", + "NodeSignal$NodeInstanceId": "The camera node's name, from the application manifest.
" } }, "NodeInstanceStatus": { @@ -1078,6 +1097,24 @@ "RegisterPackageVersionRequest$PackageVersion": "A package version.
" } }, + "NodeSignal": { + "base": "A signal to a camera node to start or stop processing video.
", + "refs": { + "NodeSignalList$member": null + } + }, + "NodeSignalList": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest$NodeSignals": "A list of signals.
" + } + }, + "NodeSignalValue": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "NodeSignal$Signal": "The signal value.
" + } + }, "NodesList": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1326,6 +1363,19 @@ "refs": { } }, + "ReportedRuntimeContextState": { + "base": "An application instance's state.
", + "refs": { + "ReportedRuntimeContextStates$member": null + } + }, + "ReportedRuntimeContextStates": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ApplicationInstance$RuntimeContextStates": "The application's state.
", + "DescribeApplicationInstanceResponse$RuntimeContextStates": "The application instance's state.
" + } + }, "ResourceArn": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1345,6 +1395,12 @@ "InternalServerException$RetryAfterSeconds": "The number of seconds a client should wait before retrying the call.
" } }, + "RuntimeContextName": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "ReportedRuntimeContextState$RuntimeContextName": "The device's name.
" + } + }, "RuntimeRoleArn": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1363,6 +1419,16 @@ "refs": { } }, + "SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, + "SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesResponse": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + } + }, "SortOrder": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1500,7 +1566,8 @@ "DescribePackageResponse$CreatedTime": "When the package was created.
", "DescribePackageVersionResponse$RegisteredTime": "The version's registered time.
", "Node$CreatedTime": "When the node was created.
", - "PackageListItem$CreatedTime": "When the package was created.
" + "PackageListItem$CreatedTime": "When the package was created.
", + "ReportedRuntimeContextState$DeviceReportedTime": "When the device reported the application's state.
" } }, "Token": { diff --git a/models/apis/rds-data/2018-08-01/api-2.json b/models/apis/rds-data/2018-08-01/api-2.json index e2bd8d5c022..4c5464f5c45 100644 --- a/models/apis/rds-data/2018-08-01/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/rds-data/2018-08-01/api-2.json @@ -349,10 +349,22 @@ "Field":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ - "isNull":{"shape":"BoxedBoolean"}, - "booleanValue":{"shape":"BoxedBoolean"}, - "longValue":{"shape":"BoxedLong"}, - "doubleValue":{"shape":"BoxedDouble"}, + "isNull":{ + "shape":"BoxedBoolean", + "box":true + }, + "booleanValue":{ + "shape":"BoxedBoolean", + "box":true + }, + "longValue":{ + "shape":"BoxedLong", + "box":true + }, + "doubleValue":{ + "shape":"BoxedDouble", + "box":true + }, "stringValue":{"shape":"String"}, "blobValue":{"shape":"Blob"}, "arrayValue":{"shape":"ArrayValue"} @@ -575,12 +587,30 @@ "Value":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ - "isNull":{"shape":"BoxedBoolean"}, - "bitValue":{"shape":"BoxedBoolean"}, - "bigIntValue":{"shape":"BoxedLong"}, - "intValue":{"shape":"BoxedInteger"}, - "doubleValue":{"shape":"BoxedDouble"}, - "realValue":{"shape":"BoxedFloat"}, + "isNull":{ + "shape":"BoxedBoolean", + "box":true + }, + "bitValue":{ + "shape":"BoxedBoolean", + "box":true + }, + "bigIntValue":{ + "shape":"BoxedLong", + "box":true + }, + "intValue":{ + "shape":"BoxedInteger", + "box":true + }, + "doubleValue":{ + "shape":"BoxedDouble", + "box":true + }, + "realValue":{ + "shape":"BoxedFloat", + "box":true + }, "stringValue":{"shape":"String"}, "blobValue":{"shape":"Blob"}, "arrayValues":{"shape":"ArrayValueList"}, diff --git a/models/apis/rds-data/2018-08-01/docs-2.json b/models/apis/rds-data/2018-08-01/docs-2.json index ea44ed2d2a8..6ef95b3e21a 100644 --- a/models/apis/rds-data/2018-08-01/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/rds-data/2018-08-01/docs-2.json @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "BatchExecuteStatementRequest$database": "The name of the database.
", - "BatchExecuteStatementRequest$schema": "The name of the database schema.
", + "BatchExecuteStatementRequest$schema": "The name of the database schema.
Currently, the schema parameter isn't supported.
The name of the database.
", "BeginTransactionRequest$schema": "The name of the database schema.
", "ExecuteSqlRequest$database": "The name of the database.
", diff --git a/models/apis/ssm-incidents/2018-05-10/api-2.json b/models/apis/ssm-incidents/2018-05-10/api-2.json index 56fe2ad99df..19e519d3c3e 100644 --- a/models/apis/ssm-incidents/2018-05-10/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ssm-incidents/2018-05-10/api-2.json @@ -1134,7 +1134,8 @@ "ATTACHMENT", "OTHER", "AUTOMATION", - "INVOLVED_RESOURCE" + "INVOLVED_RESOURCE", + "TASK" ] }, "ItemValue":{ diff --git a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/api-2.json b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/api-2.json index ace9db2caf2..651136c90a5 100644 --- a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/api-2.json @@ -7417,6 +7417,7 @@ "WINDOWS", "AMAZON_LINUX", "AMAZON_LINUX_2", + "AMAZON_LINUX_2022", "UBUNTU", "REDHAT_ENTERPRISE_LINUX", "SUSE", diff --git a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json index 991718cee60..8eb82801943 100644 --- a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json @@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ } }, "DocumentPermissionLimit": { - "base": "The document can't be shared with more Amazon Web Services user accounts. You can share a document with a maximum of 20 accounts. You can publicly share up to five documents. If you need to increase this limit, contact Amazon Web Services Support.
", + "base": "The document can't be shared with more Amazon Web Services user accounts. You can specify a maximum of 20 accounts per API operation to share a private document.
By default, you can share a private document with a maximum of 1,000 accounts and publicly share up to five documents.
If you need to increase the quota for privately or publicly shared Systems Manager documents, contact Amazon Web Services Support.
", "refs": { } }, @@ -3194,7 +3194,7 @@ "InstanceInformationStringFilterKey": { "base": null, "refs": { - "InstanceInformationStringFilter$Key": "The filter key name to describe your managed nodes. For example:
\"InstanceIds\" | \"AgentVersion\" | \"PingStatus\" | \"PlatformTypes\" | \"ActivationIds\" | \"IamRole\" | \"ResourceType\" | \"AssociationStatus\" | \"tag-key\" | \"tag:{keyname}
Tag Key isn't a valid filter. You must specify either tag-key or tag:{keyname} and a string. Here are some valid examples: tag-key, tag:123, tag:al!, tag:Windows. Here are some invalid examples: tag-keys, Tag Key, tag:, tagKey, abc:keyname.
The filter key name to describe your managed nodes.
Valid filter key values: ActivationIds | AgentVersion | AssociationStatus | IamRole | InstanceIds | PingStatus | PlatformTypes | ResourceType | SourceIds | SourceTypes | \"tag-key\" | \"tag:{keyname}
Valid values for the AssociationStatus filter key: Success | Pending | Failed
Valid values for the PingStatus filter key: Online | ConnectionLost | Inactive (deprecated)
Valid values for the PlatformType filter key: Windows | Linux | MacOS
Valid values for the ResourceType filter key: EC2Instance | ManagedInstance
Valid values for the SourceType filter key: AWS::EC2::Instance | AWS::SSM::ManagedInstance | AWS::IoT::Thing
Valid tag examples: Key=tag-key,Values=Purpose | Key=tag:Purpose,Values=Test.
The tag key or value isn't valid.
", + "base": "The specified tag key or value isn't valid.
", "refs": { } }, @@ -6050,7 +6050,7 @@ "PatchCriticalNonCompliantCount": { "base": null, "refs": { - "InstancePatchState$CriticalNonCompliantCount": "The number of managed nodes where patches that are specified as Critical for compliance reporting in the patch baseline aren't installed. These patches might be missing, have failed installation, were rejected, or were installed but awaiting a required managed node reboot. The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT.
The number of patches per node that are specified as Critical for compliance reporting in the patch baseline aren't installed. These patches might be missing, have failed installation, were rejected, or were installed but awaiting a required managed node reboot. The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT.
The number of managed nodes with patches installed that are specified as other than Critical or Security but aren't compliant with the patch baseline. The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT.
The number of patches per node that are specified as other than Critical or Security but aren't compliant with the patch baseline. The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT.
The number of managed nodes where patches that are specified as Security in a patch advisory aren't installed. These patches might be missing, have failed installation, were rejected, or were installed but awaiting a required managed node reboot. The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT.
The number of patches per node that are specified as Security in a patch advisory aren't installed. These patches might be missing, have failed installation, were rejected, or were installed but awaiting a required managed node reboot. The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT.
The S3 bucket where the responses to the command executions should be stored. This was requested when issuing the command.
", "CommandPlugin$OutputS3BucketName": "The S3 bucket where the responses to the command executions should be stored. This was requested when issuing the command. For example, in the following response:
doc-example-bucket/ab19cb99-a030-46dd-9dfc-8eSAMPLEPre-Fix/i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE/awsrunShellScript
doc-example-bucket is the name of the S3 bucket;
ab19cb99-a030-46dd-9dfc-8eSAMPLEPre-Fix is the name of the S3 prefix;
i-02573cafcfEXAMPLE is the managed node ID;
awsrunShellScript is the name of the plugin.
The name of an S3 bucket where execution logs are stored .
", + "LoggingInfo$S3BucketName": "The name of an S3 bucket where execution logs are stored.
", "MaintenanceWindowRunCommandParameters$OutputS3BucketName": "The name of the Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket.
", "S3OutputLocation$OutputS3BucketName": "The name of the S3 bucket.
", "SendCommandRequest$OutputS3BucketName": "The name of the S3 bucket where command execution responses should be stored.
" @@ -7703,7 +7703,7 @@ "Activation$Tags": "Tags assigned to the activation.
", "AddTagsToResourceRequest$Tags": "One or more tags. The value parameter is required.
Don't enter personally identifiable information in this field.
Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags enable you to categorize a resource in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, or environment. For example, you might want to tag an activation to identify which servers or virtual machines (VMs) in your on-premises environment you intend to activate. In this case, you could specify the following key-value pairs:
Key=OS,Value=Windows
Key=Environment,Value=Production
When you install SSM Agent on your on-premises servers and VMs, you specify an activation ID and code. When you specify the activation ID and code, tags assigned to the activation are automatically applied to the on-premises servers or VMs.
You can't add tags to or delete tags from an existing activation. You can tag your on-premises servers, edge devices, and VMs after they connect to Systems Manager for the first time and are assigned a managed node ID. This means they are listed in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager console with an ID that is prefixed with \"mi-\". For information about how to add tags to your managed nodes, see AddTagsToResource. For information about how to remove tags from your managed nodes, see RemoveTagsFromResource.
", - "CreateAssociationRequest$Tags": "Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags enable you to categorize a resource in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, or environment. For example, you might want to tag an association to identify the type of resource to which it applies, the environment, or the purpose of the association.
", + "CreateAssociationRequest$Tags": "Adds or overwrites one or more tags for a State Manager association. Tags are metadata that you can assign to your Amazon Web Services resources. Tags enable you to categorize your resources in different ways, for example, by purpose, owner, or environment. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.
", "CreateDocumentRequest$Tags": "Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags enable you to categorize a resource in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, or environment. For example, you might want to tag an SSM document to identify the types of targets or the environment where it will run. In this case, you could specify the following key-value pairs:
Key=OS,Value=Windows
Key=Environment,Value=Production
To add tags to an existing SSM document, use the AddTagsToResource operation.
Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags enable you to categorize a resource in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, or environment. For example, you might want to tag a maintenance window to identify the type of tasks it will run, the types of targets, and the environment it will run in. In this case, you could specify the following key-value pairs:
Key=TaskType,Value=AgentUpdate
Key=OS,Value=Windows
Key=Environment,Value=Production
To add tags to an existing maintenance window, use the AddTagsToResource operation.
Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. You can restrict access to OpsItems by using an inline IAM policy that specifies tags. For more information, see Getting started with OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.
Tags use a key-value pair. For example:
Key=Department,Value=Finance
To add tags to a new OpsItem, a user must have IAM permissions for both the ssm:CreateOpsItems operation and the ssm:AddTagsToResource operation. To add tags to an existing OpsItem, use the AddTagsToResource operation.
Used by administrators to choose which groups in the directory should have access to upload and download files over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family. For example, a Microsoft Active Directory might contain 50,000 users, but only a small fraction might need the ability to transfer files to the server. An administrator can use CreateAccess to limit the access to the correct set of users who need this ability.
Creates an agreement. An agreement is a bilateral trading partner agreement, or partnership, between an Transfer Family server and an AS2 process. The agreement defines the file and message transfer relationship between the server and the AS2 process. To define an agreement, Transfer Family combines a server, local profile, partner profile, certificate, and other attributes.
The partner is identified with the PartnerProfileId, and the AS2 process is identified with the LocalProfileId.
Creates the connector, which captures the parameters for an outbound connection for the AS2 protocol. The connector is required for sending files from a customer's non Amazon Web Services server.
", - "CreateProfile": "Creates the profile for the AS2 process. The agreement is between the partner and the AS2 process.
", + "CreateConnector": "Creates the connector, which captures the parameters for an outbound connection for the AS2 protocol. The connector is required for sending files to an externally hosted AS2 server. For more details about connectors, see Create AS2 connectors.
", + "CreateProfile": "Creates the local or partner profile to use for AS2 transfers.
", "CreateServer": "Instantiates an auto-scaling virtual server based on the selected file transfer protocol in Amazon Web Services. When you make updates to your file transfer protocol-enabled server or when you work with users, use the service-generated ServerId property that is assigned to the newly created server.
Creates a user and associates them with an existing file transfer protocol-enabled server. You can only create and associate users with servers that have the IdentityProviderType set to SERVICE_MANAGED. Using parameters for CreateUser, you can specify the user name, set the home directory, store the user's public key, and assign the user's Identity and Access Management (IAM) role. You can also optionally add a session policy, and assign metadata with tags that can be used to group and search for users.
Allows you to create a workflow with specified steps and step details the workflow invokes after file transfer completes. After creating a workflow, you can associate the workflow created with any transfer servers by specifying the workflow-details field in CreateServer and UpdateServer operations.
Describes the user assigned to the specific file transfer protocol-enabled server, as identified by its ServerId property.
The response from this call returns the properties of the user associated with the ServerId value that was specified.
Describes the specified workflow.
", "ImportCertificate": "Imports the signing and encryption certificates that you need to create local (AS2) profiles and partner profiles.
", - "ImportHostKey": "Adds a host key to the server specified by the ServerId parameter.
Adds a host key to the server that's specified by the ServerId parameter.
Adds a Secure Shell (SSH) public key to a user account identified by a UserName value assigned to the specific file transfer protocol-enabled server, identified by ServerId.
The response returns the UserName value, the ServerId value, and the name of the SshPublicKeyId.
Lists the details for all the accesses you have on your server.
", "ListAgreements": "Returns a list of the agreements for the server that's identified by the ServerId that you supply. If you want to limit the results to a certain number, supply a value for the MaxResults parameter. If you ran the command previously and received a value for NextToken, you can supply that value to continue listing agreements from where you left off.
Returns a list of the current certificates that have been imported into Transfer Family. If you want to limit the results to a certain number, supply a value for the MaxResults parameter. If you ran the command previously and received a value for the NextToken parameter, you can supply that value to continue listing certificates from where you left off.
Lists the connectors for the specified Region.
", "ListExecutions": "Lists all executions for the specified workflow.
", - "ListHostKeys": "Returns a list of host keys for the server specified by the ServerId paramter.
Returns a list of host keys for the server that's specified by the ServerId parameter.
Returns a list of the profiles for your system. If you want to limit the results to a certain number, supply a value for the MaxResults parameter. If you ran the command previously and received a value for NextToken, you can supply that value to continue listing profiles from where you left off.
Lists the security policies that are attached to your file transfer protocol-enabled servers.
", "ListServers": "Lists the file transfer protocol-enabled servers that are associated with your Amazon Web Services account.
", @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ "ListUsers": "Lists the users for a file transfer protocol-enabled server that you specify by passing the ServerId parameter.
Lists all of your workflows.
", "SendWorkflowStepState": "Sends a callback for asynchronous custom steps.
The ExecutionId, WorkflowId, and Token are passed to the target resource during execution of a custom step of a workflow. You must include those with their callback as well as providing a status.
Begins an outbound file transfer. You specify the ConnectorId and the file paths for where to send the files.
Begins an outbound file transfer to a remote AS2 server. You specify the ConnectorId and the file paths for where to send the files.
Changes the state of a file transfer protocol-enabled server from OFFLINE to ONLINE. It has no impact on a server that is already ONLINE. An ONLINE server can accept and process file transfer jobs.
The state of STARTING indicates that the server is in an intermediate state, either not fully able to respond, or not fully online. The values of START_FAILED can indicate an error condition.
No response is returned from this call.
", "StopServer": "Changes the state of a file transfer protocol-enabled server from ONLINE to OFFLINE. An OFFLINE server cannot accept and process file transfer jobs. Information tied to your server, such as server and user properties, are not affected by stopping your server.
Stopping the server does not reduce or impact your file transfer protocol endpoint billing; you must delete the server to stop being billed.
The state of STOPPING indicates that the server is in an intermediate state, either not fully able to respond, or not fully offline. The values of STOP_FAILED can indicate an error condition.
No response is returned from this call.
", "TagResource": "Attaches a key-value pair to a resource, as identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). Resources are users, servers, roles, and other entities.
There is no response returned from this call.
", @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ "UpdateAgreement": "Updates some of the parameters for an existing agreement. Provide the AgreementId and the ServerId for the agreement that you want to update, along with the new values for the parameters to update.
Updates the active and inactive dates for a certificate.
", "UpdateConnector": "Updates some of the parameters for an existing connector. Provide the ConnectorId for the connector that you want to update, along with the new values for the parameters to update.
Updates the description for the host key specified by the specified by the ServerId and HostKeyId parameters.
Updates the description for the host key that's specified by the ServerId and HostKeyId parameters.
Updates some of the parameters for an existing profile. Provide the ProfileId for the profile that you want to update, along with the new values for the parameters to update.
Updates the file transfer protocol-enabled server's properties after that server has been created.
The UpdateServer call returns the ServerId of the server you updated.
Assigns new properties to a user. Parameters you pass modify any or all of the following: the home directory, role, and policy for the UserName and ServerId you specify.
The response returns the ServerId and the UserName for the updated user.
The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the specified agreement.
", "ListedCertificate$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the specified certificate.
", "ListedConnector$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the specified connector.
", - "ListedHostKey$Arn": "Specifies the unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host key.
", + "ListedHostKey$Arn": "The unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host key.
", "ListedProfile$Arn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the specified profile.
", "ListedServer$Arn": "Specifies the unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a server to be listed.
", "ListedUser$Arn": "Provides the unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the user that you want to learn about.
", @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "CertificateIds$member": null, - "DeleteCertificateRequest$CertificateId": "The ID of the certificate object that you are deleting.
", + "DeleteCertificateRequest$CertificateId": "The identifier of the certificate object that you are deleting.
", "DescribeCertificateRequest$CertificateId": "An array of identifiers for the imported certificates. You use this identifier for working with profiles and partner profiles.
", "DescribedCertificate$CertificateId": "An array of identifiers for the imported certificates. You use this identifier for working with profiles and partner profiles.
", "ImportCertificateResponse$CertificateId": "An array of identifiers for the imported certificates. You use this identifier for working with profiles and partner profiles.
", @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ "DescribedAccess": { "base": "Describes the properties of the access that was specified.
", "refs": { - "DescribeAccessResponse$Access": "The external ID of the server that the access is attached to.
" + "DescribeAccessResponse$Access": "The external identifier of the server that the access is attached to.
" } }, "DescribedAgreement": { @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ } }, "DescribedProfile": { - "base": "The details for a local or partner AS2 profile. profile.
", + "base": "The details for a local or partner AS2 profile.
", "refs": { "DescribeProfileResponse$Profile": "The details of the specified profile, returned as an object.
" } @@ -639,14 +639,14 @@ "EfsFileLocation": { "base": "Reserved for future use.
", "refs": { - "FileLocation$EfsFileLocation": "
Specifies the Amazon EFS ID and the path for the file being used.
", + "FileLocation$EfsFileLocation": "Specifies the Amazon EFS identifier and the path for the file being used.
", "InputFileLocation$EfsFileLocation": "Reserved for future use.
" } }, "EfsFileSystemId": { "base": null, "refs": { - "EfsFileLocation$FileSystemId": "The ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon EFS.
" + "EfsFileLocation$FileSystemId": "The identifier of the file system, assigned by Amazon EFS.
" } }, "EfsPath": { @@ -735,13 +735,13 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "CreateAccessRequest$ExternalId": "A unique identifier that is required to identify specific groups within your directory. The users of the group that you associate have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family. If you know the group name, you can view the SID values by running the following command using Windows PowerShell.
Get-ADGroup -Filter {samAccountName -like \"YourGroupName*\"} -Properties * | Select SamAccountName,ObjectSid
In that command, replace YourGroupName with the name of your Active Directory group.
The regular expression used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
", - "CreateAccessResponse$ExternalId": "The external ID of the group whose users have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family.
", + "CreateAccessResponse$ExternalId": "The external identifier of the group whose users have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family.
", "DeleteAccessRequest$ExternalId": "A unique identifier that is required to identify specific groups within your directory. The users of the group that you associate have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family. If you know the group name, you can view the SID values by running the following command using Windows PowerShell.
Get-ADGroup -Filter {samAccountName -like \"YourGroupName*\"} -Properties * | Select SamAccountName,ObjectSid
In that command, replace YourGroupName with the name of your Active Directory group.
The regular expression used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
", "DescribeAccessRequest$ExternalId": "A unique identifier that is required to identify specific groups within your directory. The users of the group that you associate have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family. If you know the group name, you can view the SID values by running the following command using Windows PowerShell.
Get-ADGroup -Filter {samAccountName -like \"YourGroupName*\"} -Properties * | Select SamAccountName,ObjectSid
In that command, replace YourGroupName with the name of your Active Directory group.
The regular expression used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
", "DescribedAccess$ExternalId": "A unique identifier that is required to identify specific groups within your directory. The users of the group that you associate have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family. If you know the group name, you can view the SID values by running the following command using Windows PowerShell.
Get-ADGroup -Filter {samAccountName -like \"YourGroupName*\"} -Properties * | Select SamAccountName,ObjectSid
In that command, replace YourGroupName with the name of your Active Directory group.
The regular expression used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
", "ListedAccess$ExternalId": "A unique identifier that is required to identify specific groups within your directory. The users of the group that you associate have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family. If you know the group name, you can view the SID values by running the following command using Windows PowerShell.
Get-ADGroup -Filter {samAccountName -like \"YourGroupName*\"} -Properties * | Select SamAccountName,ObjectSid
In that command, replace YourGroupName with the name of your Active Directory group.
The regular expression used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
", "UpdateAccessRequest$ExternalId": "A unique identifier that is required to identify specific groups within your directory. The users of the group that you associate have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family. If you know the group name, you can view the SID values by running the following command using Windows PowerShell.
Get-ADGroup -Filter {samAccountName -like \"YourGroupName*\"} -Properties * | Select SamAccountName,ObjectSid
In that command, replace YourGroupName with the name of your Active Directory group.
The regular expression used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of uppercase and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/-
", - "UpdateAccessResponse$ExternalId": "The external ID of the group whose users have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Amazon Web ServicesTransfer Family.
" + "UpdateAccessResponse$ExternalId": "The external identifier of the group whose users have access to your Amazon S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Amazon Web ServicesTransfer Family.
" } }, "FileLocation": { @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "CreateAccessRequest$HomeDirectory": "The landing directory (folder) for a user when they log in to the server using the client.
A HomeDirectory example is /bucket_name/home/mydirectory.
The landing directory (folder) for files transferred by using the AS2 protocol.
A BaseDirectory example is /DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET/home/mydirectory .
The landing directory (folder) for files transferred by using the AS2 protocol.
A BaseDirectory example is DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET/home/mydirectory.
The landing directory (folder) for a user when they log in to the server using the client.
A HomeDirectory example is /bucket_name/home/mydirectory.
The landing directory (folder) for a user when they log in to the server using the client.
A HomeDirectory example is /bucket_name/home/mydirectory.
The landing directory (folder) for files that are transferred by using the AS2 protocol.
", @@ -824,18 +824,18 @@ "HostKey": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateServerRequest$HostKey": "The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for your server.
Use the following command to generate an RSA 2048 bit key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 2048 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key.
Use a minimum value of 2048 for the -b option. You can create a stronger key by using 3072 or 4096.
Use the following command to generate an ECDSA 256 bit key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t ecdsa -b 256 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key.
Valid values for the -b option for ECDSA are 256, 384, and 521.
Use the following command to generate an ED25519 key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -N \"\" -f my-new-server-key.
For all of these commands, you can replace my-new-server-key with a string of your choice.
If you aren't planning to migrate existing users from an existing SFTP-enabled server to a new server, don't update the host key. Accidentally changing a server's host key can be disruptive.
For more information, see Change the host key for your SFTP-enabled server in the Transfer Family User Guide.
", + "CreateServerRequest$HostKey": "The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for your SFTP-enabled server. You can add multiple host keys, in case you want to rotate keys, or have a set of active keys that use different algorithms.
Use the following command to generate an RSA 2048 bit key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 2048 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key.
Use a minimum value of 2048 for the -b option. You can create a stronger key by using 3072 or 4096.
Use the following command to generate an ECDSA 256 bit key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t ecdsa -b 256 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key.
Valid values for the -b option for ECDSA are 256, 384, and 521.
Use the following command to generate an ED25519 key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -N \"\" -f my-new-server-key.
For all of these commands, you can replace my-new-server-key with a string of your choice.
If you aren't planning to migrate existing users from an existing SFTP-enabled server to a new server, don't update the host key. Accidentally changing a server's host key can be disruptive.
For more information, see Update host keys for your SFTP-enabled server in the Transfer Family User Guide.
", "ImportHostKeyRequest$HostKeyBody": "The public key portion of an SSH key pair.
Transfer Family accepts RSA, ECDSA, and ED25519 keys.
", - "UpdateServerRequest$HostKey": "The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for your server.
Use the following command to generate an RSA 2048 bit key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 2048 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key.
Use a minimum value of 2048 for the -b option. You can create a stronger key by using 3072 or 4096.
Use the following command to generate an ECDSA 256 bit key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t ecdsa -b 256 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key.
Valid values for the -b option for ECDSA are 256, 384, and 521.
Use the following command to generate an ED25519 key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -N \"\" -f my-new-server-key.
For all of these commands, you can replace my-new-server-key with a string of your choice.
If you aren't planning to migrate existing users from an existing SFTP-enabled server to a new server, don't update the host key. Accidentally changing a server's host key can be disruptive.
For more information, see Change the host key for your SFTP-enabled server in the Transfer Family User Guide.
" + "UpdateServerRequest$HostKey": "The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for your SFTP-enabled server. You can add multiple host keys, in case you want to rotate keys, or have a set of active keys that use different algorithms.
Use the following command to generate an RSA 2048 bit key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 2048 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key.
Use a minimum value of 2048 for the -b option. You can create a stronger key by using 3072 or 4096.
Use the following command to generate an ECDSA 256 bit key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t ecdsa -b 256 -N \"\" -m PEM -f my-new-server-key.
Valid values for the -b option for ECDSA are 256, 384, and 521.
Use the following command to generate an ED25519 key with no passphrase:
ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -N \"\" -f my-new-server-key.
For all of these commands, you can replace my-new-server-key with a string of your choice.
If you aren't planning to migrate existing users from an existing SFTP-enabled server to a new server, don't update the host key. Accidentally changing a server's host key can be disruptive.
For more information, see Update host keys for your SFTP-enabled server in the Transfer Family User Guide.
" } }, "HostKeyDescription": { "base": null, "refs": { "DescribedHostKey$Description": "The text description for this host key.
", - "ImportHostKeyRequest$Description": "Enter a text description to identify this host key.
", + "ImportHostKeyRequest$Description": "The text description that identifies this host key.
", "ListedHostKey$Description": "The current description for the host key. You can change it by calling the UpdateHostKey operation and providing a new description.
Provide an updated description for the host key.
" + "UpdateHostKeyRequest$Description": "An updated description for the host key.
" } }, "HostKeyFingerprint": { @@ -849,20 +849,20 @@ "HostKeyId": { "base": null, "refs": { - "DeleteHostKeyRequest$HostKeyId": "The ID of the host key that you are deleting.
", - "DescribeHostKeyRequest$HostKeyId": "Provide the ID of the host key that you want described.
", + "DeleteHostKeyRequest$HostKeyId": "The identifier of the host key that you are deleting.
", + "DescribeHostKeyRequest$HostKeyId": "The identifier of the host key that you want described.
", "DescribedHostKey$HostKeyId": "A unique identifier for the host key.
", - "ImportHostKeyResponse$HostKeyId": "Returns the host key ID for the imported key.
", - "ListedHostKey$HostKeyId": "", - "UpdateHostKeyRequest$HostKeyId": "Provide the ID of the host key that you are updating.
", - "UpdateHostKeyResponse$HostKeyId": "Returns the host key ID for the updated host key.
" + "ImportHostKeyResponse$HostKeyId": "Returns the host key identifier for the imported key.
", + "ListedHostKey$HostKeyId": "A unique identifier for the host key.
", + "UpdateHostKeyRequest$HostKeyId": "The identifier of the host key that you are updating.
", + "UpdateHostKeyResponse$HostKeyId": "Returns the host key identifier for the updated host key.
" } }, "HostKeyType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "DescribedHostKey$Type": "The encryption algorithm used for the host key. The Type is one of the following values:
ssh-rsa
ssh-ed25519
ecdsa-sha2-nistp256
ecdsa-sha2-nistp384
ecdsa-sha2-nistp521
The encryption algorithm used for the host key. The Type is one of the following values:
ssh-rsa
ssh-ed25519
ecdsa-sha2-nistp256
ecdsa-sha2-nistp384
ecdsa-sha2-nistp521
The encryption algorithm that is used for the host key. The Type parameter is specified by using one of the following values:
ssh-rsa
ssh-ed25519
ecdsa-sha2-nistp256
ecdsa-sha2-nistp384
ecdsa-sha2-nistp521
The encryption algorithm that is used for the host key. The Type parameter is specified by using one of the following values:
ssh-rsa
ssh-ed25519
ecdsa-sha2-nistp256
ecdsa-sha2-nistp384
ecdsa-sha2-nistp521
Returns properties of the host key that is specified.
", + "base": "Returns properties of the host key that's specified.
", "refs": { "ListedHostKeys$member": null } @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ } }, "ListedWorkflow": { - "base": "Contains the ID, text description, and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the workflow.
", + "base": "Contains the identifier, text description, and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the workflow.
", "refs": { "ListedWorkflows$member": null } @@ -1278,6 +1278,12 @@ "UpdateServerRequest$LoggingRole": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that allows a server to turn on Amazon CloudWatch logging for Amazon S3 or Amazon EFSevents. When set, you can view user activity in your CloudWatch logs.
" } }, + "OnPartialUploadWorkflowDetails": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "WorkflowDetails$OnPartialUpload": "A trigger that starts a workflow if a file is only partially uploaded. You can attach a workflow to a server that executes whenever there is a partial upload.
A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session disconnects.
" + } + }, "OnUploadWorkflowDetails": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -1293,7 +1299,7 @@ "PassiveIp": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ProtocolDetails$PassiveIp": "Indicates passive mode, for FTP and FTPS protocols. Enter a single IPv4 address, such as the public IP address of a firewall, router, or load balancer. For example:
aws transfer update-server --protocol-details PassiveIp=0.0.0.0
Replace 0.0.0.0 in the example above with the actual IP address you want to use.
If you change the PassiveIp value, you must stop and then restart your Transfer Family server for the change to take effect. For details on using passive mode (PASV) in a NAT environment, see Configuring your FTPS server behind a firewall or NAT with Transfer Family.
Indicates passive mode, for FTP and FTPS protocols. Enter a single IPv4 address, such as the public IP address of a firewall, router, or load balancer. For example:
aws transfer update-server --protocol-details PassiveIp=0.0.0.0
Replace 0.0.0.0 in the example above with the actual IP address you want to use.
If you change the PassiveIp value, you must stop and then restart your Transfer Family server for the change to take effect. For details on using passive mode (PASV) in a NAT environment, see Configuring your FTPS server behind a firewall or NAT with Transfer Family.
Special values
The AUTO and 0.0.0.0 are special values for the PassiveIp parameter. The value PassiveIp=AUTO is assigned by default to FTP and FTPS type servers. In this case, the server automatically responds with one of the endpoint IPs within the PASV response. PassiveIp=0.0.0.0 has a more unique application for its usage. For example, if you have a High Availability (HA) Network Load Balancer (NLB) environment, where you have 3 subnets, you can only specify a single IP address using the PassiveIp parameter. This reduces the effectiveness of having High Availability. In this case, you can specify PassiveIp=0.0.0.0. This tells the client to use the same IP address as the Control connection and utilize all AZs for their connections. Note, however, that not all FTP clients support the PassiveIp=0.0.0.0 response. FileZilla and WinSCP do support it. If you are using other clients, check to see if your client supports the PassiveIp=0.0.0.0 response.
A unique identifier for the AS2 local profile.
", "CreateAgreementRequest$PartnerProfileId": "A unique identifier for the partner profile used in the agreement.
", "CreateProfileResponse$ProfileId": "The unique identifier for the AS2 profile, returned after the API call succeeds.
", - "DeleteProfileRequest$ProfileId": "The ID of the profile that you are deleting.
", + "DeleteProfileRequest$ProfileId": "The identifier of the profile that you are deleting.
", "DescribeProfileRequest$ProfileId": "The identifier of the profile that you want described.
", "DescribedAgreement$LocalProfileId": "A unique identifier for the AS2 local profile.
", "DescribedAgreement$PartnerProfileId": "A unique identifier for the partner profile used in the agreement.
", @@ -1374,7 +1380,7 @@ "ProfileType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateProfileRequest$ProfileType": "Indicates whether to list only LOCAL type profiles or only PARTNER type profiles. If not supplied in the request, the command lists all types of profiles.
Determines the type of profile to create:
Specify LOCAL to create a local profile. A local profile represents the AS2-enabled Transfer Family server organization or party.
Specify PARTNER to create a partner profile. A partner profile represents a remote organization, external to Transfer Family.
Indicates whether to list only LOCAL type profiles or only PARTNER type profiles. If not supplied in the request, the command lists all types of profiles.
Indicates whether to list only LOCAL type profiles or only PARTNER type profiles. If not supplied in the request, the command lists all types of profiles.
Indicates whether to list only LOCAL type profiles or only PARTNER type profiles. If not supplied in the request, the command lists all types of profiles.
A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance. This is the specific server that you added your user to.
", - "CreateAccessResponse$ServerId": "The ID of the server that the user is attached to.
", + "CreateAccessResponse$ServerId": "The identifier of the server that the user is attached to.
", "CreateAgreementRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance. This is the specific server that the agreement uses.
", - "CreateServerResponse$ServerId": "The service-assigned ID of the server that is created.
", + "CreateServerResponse$ServerId": "The service-assigned identifier of the server that is created.
", "CreateUserRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance. This is the specific server that you added your user to.
", - "CreateUserResponse$ServerId": "The ID of the server that the user is attached to.
", + "CreateUserResponse$ServerId": "The identifier of the server that the user is attached to.
", "DeleteAccessRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that has this user assigned.
", - "DeleteAgreementRequest$ServerId": "The server ID associated with the agreement that you are deleting.
", - "DeleteHostKeyRequest$ServerId": "Provide the ID of the server that contains the host key that you are deleting.
", + "DeleteAgreementRequest$ServerId": "The server identifier associated with the agreement that you are deleting.
", + "DeleteHostKeyRequest$ServerId": "The identifier of the server that contains the host key that you are deleting.
", "DeleteServerRequest$ServerId": "A unique system-assigned identifier for a server instance.
", "DeleteSshPublicKeyRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a file transfer protocol-enabled server instance that has the user assigned to it.
", "DeleteUserRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance that has the user assigned to it.
", "DescribeAccessRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that has this access assigned.
", "DescribeAccessResponse$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that has this access assigned.
", - "DescribeAgreementRequest$ServerId": "The server ID that's associated with the agreement.
", - "DescribeHostKeyRequest$ServerId": "Provide the ID of the server that contains the host key that you want described.
", + "DescribeAgreementRequest$ServerId": "The server identifier that's associated with the agreement.
", + "DescribeHostKeyRequest$ServerId": "The identifier of the server that contains the host key that you want described.
", "DescribeServerRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server.
", "DescribeUserRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that has this user assigned.
", "DescribeUserResponse$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that has this user assigned.
", "DescribedAgreement$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance. This identifier indicates the specific server that the agreement uses.
", "DescribedServer$ServerId": "Specifies the unique system-assigned identifier for a server that you instantiate.
", - "ImportHostKeyRequest$ServerId": "Provide the ID of the server that contains the host key that you are importing.
", - "ImportHostKeyResponse$ServerId": "Returns the server ID that contains the imported key.
", + "ImportHostKeyRequest$ServerId": "The identifier of the server that contains the host key that you are importing.
", + "ImportHostKeyResponse$ServerId": "Returns the server identifier that contains the imported key.
", "ImportSshPublicKeyRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server.
", "ImportSshPublicKeyResponse$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server.
", "ListAccessesRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that has users assigned to it.
", "ListAccessesResponse$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that has users assigned to it.
", "ListAgreementsRequest$ServerId": "The identifier of the server for which you want a list of agreements.
", - "ListHostKeysRequest$ServerId": "Provide the ID of the server that contains the host keys that you want to view.
", - "ListHostKeysResponse$ServerId": "Returns the server ID that contains the listed host keys.
", + "ListHostKeysRequest$ServerId": "The identifier of the server that contains the host keys that you want to view.
", + "ListHostKeysResponse$ServerId": "Returns the server identifier that contains the listed host keys.
", "ListUsersRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that has users assigned to it.
", "ListUsersResponse$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that the users are assigned to.
", "ListedAgreement$ServerId": "The unique identifier for the agreement.
", @@ -1631,10 +1637,10 @@ "StopServerRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that you stopped.
", "TestIdentityProviderRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned identifier for a specific server. That server's user authentication method is tested with a user name and password.
", "UpdateAccessRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance. This is the specific server that you added your user to.
", - "UpdateAccessResponse$ServerId": "The ID of the server that the user is attached to.
", + "UpdateAccessResponse$ServerId": "The identifier of the server that the user is attached to.
", "UpdateAgreementRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance. This is the specific server that the agreement uses.
", - "UpdateHostKeyRequest$ServerId": "Provide the ID of the server that contains the host key that you are updating.
", - "UpdateHostKeyResponse$ServerId": "Returns the server ID for the server that contains the updated host key.
", + "UpdateHostKeyRequest$ServerId": "The identifier of the server that contains the host key that you are updating.
", + "UpdateHostKeyResponse$ServerId": "Returns the server identifier for the server that contains the updated host key.
", "UpdateServerRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance that the user account is assigned to.
", "UpdateServerResponse$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server that the user account is assigned to.
", "UpdateUserRequest$ServerId": "A system-assigned unique identifier for a server instance that the user account is assigned to.
", @@ -2001,13 +2007,13 @@ "VpcEndpointId": { "base": null, "refs": { - "EndpointDetails$VpcEndpointId": "The ID of the VPC endpoint.
This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC_ENDPOINT.
For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/create-server-in-vpc.html#deprecate-vpc-endpoint.
The identifier of the VPC endpoint.
This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC_ENDPOINT.
For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/create-server-in-vpc.html#deprecate-vpc-endpoint.
The VPC ID of the VPC in which a server's endpoint will be hosted.
This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC.
The VPC identifier of the VPC in which a server's endpoint will be hosted.
This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC.
Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role that's used for executing the workflow.
", + "base": "Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role that's used for executing the workflow.
In additon to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded completely, WorkflowDeatails can also contain a workflow ID (and execution role) for a workflow to execute on partial upload. A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session disconnects.
Container for the WorkflowDetail data type. It is used by actions that trigger a workflow to begin execution.
Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role that's used for executing the workflow.
", - "DescribedServer$WorkflowDetails": "Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role that's used for executing the workflow.
", - "UpdateServerRequest$WorkflowDetails": "Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role that's used for executing the workflow.
To remove an associated workflow from a server, you can provide an empty OnUpload object, as in the following example.
aws transfer update-server --server-id s-01234567890abcdef --workflow-details '{\"OnUpload\":[]}'
Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role that's used for executing the workflow.
In additon to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded completely, WorkflowDeatails can also contain a workflow ID (and execution role) for a workflow to execute on partial upload. A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session disconnects.
Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role that's used for executing the workflow.
In additon to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded completely, WorkflowDeatails can also contain a workflow ID (and execution role) for a workflow to execute on partial upload. A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session disconnects.
Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role that's used for executing the workflow.
In additon to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded completely, WorkflowDeatails can also contain a workflow ID (and execution role) for a workflow to execute on partial upload. A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session disconnects.
To remove an associated workflow from a server, you can provide an empty OnUpload object, as in the following example.
aws transfer update-server --server-id s-01234567890abcdef --workflow-details '{\"OnUpload\":[]}'
Provides translation between one source language and another of the same set of languages.
", + "service": "Provides language translation for input text in the source language to the specified target language.
", "operations": { "CreateParallelData": "Creates a parallel data resource in Amazon Translate by importing an input file from Amazon S3. Parallel data files contain examples that show how you want segments of text to be translated. By adding parallel data, you can influence the style, tone, and word choice in your translation output.
", "DeleteParallelData": "Deletes a parallel data resource in Amazon Translate.
", @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@ "ImportTerminology": "Creates or updates a custom terminology, depending on whether one already exists for the given terminology name. Importing a terminology with the same name as an existing one will merge the terminologies based on the chosen merge strategy. The only supported merge strategy is OVERWRITE, where the imported terminology overwrites the existing terminology of the same name.
If you import a terminology that overwrites an existing one, the new terminology takes up to 10 minutes to fully propagate. After that, translations have access to the new terminology.
", "ListLanguages": "Provides a list of languages (RFC-5646 codes and names) that Amazon Translate supports.
", "ListParallelData": "Provides a list of your parallel data resources in Amazon Translate.
", - "ListTagsForResource": null, + "ListTagsForResource": "Lists all tags associated with a given Amazon Translate resource. For more information, see Tagging your resources.
", "ListTerminologies": "Provides a list of custom terminologies associated with your account.
", "ListTextTranslationJobs": "Gets a list of the batch translation jobs that you have submitted.
", - "StartTextTranslationJob": "Starts an asynchronous batch translation job. Batch translation jobs can be used to translate large volumes of text across multiple documents at once. For more information, see async.
Batch translation jobs can be described with the DescribeTextTranslationJob operation, listed with the ListTextTranslationJobs operation, and stopped with the StopTextTranslationJob operation.
Amazon Translate does not support batch translation of multiple source languages at once.
Starts an asynchronous batch translation job. Use batch translation jobs to translate large volumes of text across multiple documents at once. For batch translation, the input documents must share the same source language. You can specify one or more target languages. Batch translation translates each input document into each of the target languages. For more information, see Asynchronous batch processing
Batch translation jobs can be described with the DescribeTextTranslationJob operation, listed with the ListTextTranslationJobs operation, and stopped with the StopTextTranslationJob operation.
Amazon Translate does not support batch translation of multiple source languages at once.
Stops an asynchronous batch translation job that is in progress.
If the job's state is IN_PROGRESS, the job will be marked for termination and put into the STOP_REQUESTED state. If the job completes before it can be stopped, it is put into the COMPLETED state. Otherwise, the job is put into the STOPPED state.
Asynchronous batch translation jobs are started with the StartTextTranslationJob operation. You can use the DescribeTextTranslationJob or ListTextTranslationJobs operations to get a batch translation job's JobId.
Translates input text from the source language to the target language. For a list of available languages and language codes, see what-is-languages.
", - "UntagResource": null, + "TagResource": "Associates a specific tag with a resource. A tag is a key-value pair that adds as a metadata to a resource. For more information, see Tagging your resources.
", + "TranslateText": "Translates input text from the source language to the target language. For a list of available languages and language codes, see Supported languages.
", + "UntagResource": "Removes a specific tag associated with an Amazon Translate resource. For more information, see Tagging your resources.
", "UpdateParallelData": "Updates a previously created parallel data resource by importing a new input file from Amazon S3.
" }, "shapes": { @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ "Formality": { "base": null, "refs": { - "TranslationSettings$Formality": "You can optionally specify the desired level of formality for real-time translations to supported target languages. The formality setting controls the level of formal language usage (also known as register) in the translation output. You can set the value to informal or formal. If you don't specify a value for formality, or if the target language doesn't support formality, the translation will ignore the formality setting.
Note that asynchronous translation jobs don't support formality. If you provide a value for formality, the StartTextTranslationJob API throws an exception (InvalidRequestException).
For target languages that support formality, see Supported Languages and Language Codes in the Amazon Translate Developer Guide.
" + "TranslationSettings$Formality": "You can optionally specify the desired level of formality for translations to supported target languages. The formality setting controls the level of formal language usage (also known as register) in the translation output. You can set the value to informal or formal. If you don't specify a value for formality, or if the target language doesn't support formality, the translation will ignore the formality setting.
If you specify multiple target languages for the job, translate ignores the formality setting for any unsupported target language.
For a list of target languages that support formality, see Setting Formality in the Amazon Translate Developer Guide.
" } }, "GetParallelDataRequest": { @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ "IamRoleArn": { "base": null, "refs": { - "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$DataAccessRoleArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Identity Access and Management (IAM) role that grants Amazon Translate read access to your input data. For more information, see identity-and-access-management.
", + "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$DataAccessRoleArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Identity Access and Management (IAM) role that grants Amazon Translate read access to your input data. For more information, see Identity and access management .
", "TextTranslationJobProperties$DataAccessRoleArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Identity Access and Management (IAM) role that granted Amazon Translate read access to the job's input data.
" } }, @@ -277,11 +277,11 @@ "Language$LanguageCode": "Language code for the supported language.
", "LanguageCodeStringList$member": null, "ParallelDataProperties$SourceLanguageCode": "The source language of the translations in the parallel data file.
", - "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$SourceLanguageCode": "The language code of the input language. For a list of language codes, see what-is-languages.
Amazon Translate does not automatically detect a source language during batch translation jobs.
", + "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$SourceLanguageCode": "The language code of the input language. For a list of language codes, see Supported languages.
Amazon Translate does not automatically detect a source language during batch translation jobs.
", "TargetLanguageCodeStringList$member": null, "TerminologyProperties$SourceLanguageCode": "The language code for the source text of the translation request for which the custom terminology is being used.
", "TextTranslationJobProperties$SourceLanguageCode": "The language code of the language of the source text. The language must be a language supported by Amazon Translate.
", - "TranslateTextRequest$SourceLanguageCode": "The language code for the language of the source text. The language must be a language supported by Amazon Translate. For a list of language codes, see what-is-languages.
To have Amazon Translate determine the source language of your text, you can specify auto in the SourceLanguageCode field. If you specify auto, Amazon Translate will call Amazon Comprehend to determine the source language.
If you specify auto, you must send the TranslateText request in a region that supports Amazon Comprehend. Otherwise, the request returns an error indicating that autodetect is not supported.
The language code for the language of the source text. The language must be a language supported by Amazon Translate. For a list of language codes, see Supported languages.
To have Amazon Translate determine the source language of your text, you can specify auto in the SourceLanguageCode field. If you specify auto, Amazon Translate will call Amazon Comprehend to determine the source language.
If you specify auto, you must send the TranslateText request in a region that supports Amazon Comprehend. Otherwise, the request returns an error indicating that autodetect is not supported.
The language code requested for the language of the target text. The language must be a language supported by Amazon Translate.
", "TranslateTextResponse$SourceLanguageCode": "The language code for the language of the source text.
", "TranslateTextResponse$TargetLanguageCode": "The language code for the language of the target text.
", @@ -463,16 +463,16 @@ "Profanity": { "base": null, "refs": { - "TranslationSettings$Profanity": "Enable the profanity setting if you want Amazon Translate to mask profane words and phrases in your translation output.
To mask profane words and phrases, Amazon Translate replaces them with the grawlix string “?$#@$“. This 5-character sequence is used for each profane word or phrase, regardless of the length or number of words.
Amazon Translate doesn't detect profanity in all of its supported languages. For languages that support profanity detection, see Supported Languages and Language Codes in the Amazon Translate Developer Guide.
" + "TranslationSettings$Profanity": "Enable the profanity setting if you want Amazon Translate to mask profane words and phrases in your translation output.
To mask profane words and phrases, Amazon Translate replaces them with the grawlix string “?$#@$“. This 5-character sequence is used for each profane word or phrase, regardless of the length or number of words.
Amazon Translate doesn't detect profanity in all of its supported languages. For languages that support profanity detection, see Masking profanity in the Amazon Translate Developer Guide.
If you specify multiple target languages for the job, all the target languages must support profanity masking. If any of the target languages don't support profanity masking, the translation job won't mask profanity for any target language.
" } }, "ResourceArn": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ListTagsForResourceRequest$ResourceArn": null, - "TagResourceRequest$ResourceArn": null, + "ListTagsForResourceRequest$ResourceArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the given Amazon Translate resource you are querying.
", + "TagResourceRequest$ResourceArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the given Amazon Translate resource to which you want to associate the tags.
", "TooManyTagsException$ResourceArn": null, - "UntagResourceRequest$ResourceArn": null + "UntagResourceRequest$ResourceArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the given Amazon Translate resource from which you want to remove the tags.
" } }, "ResourceName": { @@ -497,8 +497,8 @@ "ResourceNameList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$TerminologyNames": "The name of a custom terminology resource to add to the translation job. This resource lists examples source terms and the desired translation for each term.
This parameter accepts only one custom terminology resource.
For a list of available custom terminology resources, use the ListTerminologies operation.
For more information, see how-custom-terminology.
", - "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$ParallelDataNames": "The name of a parallel data resource to add to the translation job. This resource consists of examples that show how you want segments of text to be translated. When you add parallel data to a translation job, you create an Active Custom Translation job.
This parameter accepts only one parallel data resource.
Active Custom Translation jobs are priced at a higher rate than other jobs that don't use parallel data. For more information, see Amazon Translate pricing.
For a list of available parallel data resources, use the ListParallelData operation.
For more information, see customizing-translations-parallel-data.
", + "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$TerminologyNames": "The name of a custom terminology resource to add to the translation job. This resource lists examples source terms and the desired translation for each term.
This parameter accepts only one custom terminology resource.
If you specify multiple target languages for the job, translate uses the designated terminology for each requested target language that has an entry for the source term in the terminology file.
For a list of available custom terminology resources, use the ListTerminologies operation.
For more information, see Custom terminology.
", + "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$ParallelDataNames": "The name of a parallel data resource to add to the translation job. This resource consists of examples that show how you want segments of text to be translated. If you specify multiple target languages for the job, the parallel data file must include translations for all the target languages.
When you add parallel data to a translation job, you create an Active Custom Translation job.
This parameter accepts only one parallel data resource.
Active Custom Translation jobs are priced at a higher rate than other jobs that don't use parallel data. For more information, see Amazon Translate pricing.
For a list of available parallel data resources, use the ListParallelData operation.
For more information, see Customizing your translations with parallel data.
", "TextTranslationJobProperties$TerminologyNames": "A list containing the names of the terminologies applied to a translation job. Only one terminology can be applied per StartTextTranslationJob request at this time.
", "TextTranslationJobProperties$ParallelDataNames": "A list containing the names of the parallel data resources applied to the translation job.
", "TranslateTextRequest$TerminologyNames": "The name of the terminology list file to be used in the TranslateText request. You can use 1 terminology list at most in a TranslateText request. Terminology lists can contain a maximum of 256 terms.
A key-value pair that adds as a metadata to a resource used by Amazon Translate.
", "refs": { "TagList$member": null } @@ -578,23 +578,23 @@ "TagKey": { "base": null, "refs": { - "Tag$Key": null, + "Tag$Key": "The initial part of a key-value pair that forms a tag associated with a given resource.
", "TagKeyList$member": null } }, "TagKeyList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "UntagResourceRequest$TagKeys": null + "UntagResourceRequest$TagKeys": "The initial part of a key-value pair that forms a tag being removed from a given resource. Keys must be unique and cannot be duplicated for a particular resource.
" } }, "TagList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateParallelDataRequest$Tags": null, - "ImportTerminologyRequest$Tags": null, - "ListTagsForResourceResponse$Tags": null, - "TagResourceRequest$Tags": null + "CreateParallelDataRequest$Tags": "Tags to be associated with this resource. A tag is a key-value pair that adds metadata to a resource. Each tag key for the resource must be unique. For more information, see Tagging your resources.
", + "ImportTerminologyRequest$Tags": "Tags to be associated with this resource. A tag is a key-value pair that adds metadata to a resource. Each tag key for the resource must be unique. For more information, see Tagging your resources.
", + "ListTagsForResourceResponse$Tags": "Tags associated with the Amazon Translate resource being queried. A tag is a key-value pair that adds as a metadata to a resource used by Amazon Translate. For example, a tag with \"Sales\" as the key might be added to a resource to indicate its use by the sales department.
", + "TagResourceRequest$Tags": "Tags being associated with a specific Amazon Translate resource. There can be a maximum of 50 tags (both existing and pending) associated with a specific resource.
" } }, "TagResourceRequest": { @@ -610,13 +610,13 @@ "TagValue": { "base": null, "refs": { - "Tag$Value": null + "Tag$Value": "The second part of a key-value pair that forms a tag associated with a given resource.
" } }, "TargetLanguageCodeStringList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$TargetLanguageCodes": "The language code of the output language.
", + "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$TargetLanguageCodes": "The target languages of the translation job. Enter up to 10 language codes. Each input file is translated into each target language.
Each language code is two or five characters long. For a list of language codes, see Supported languages.
", "TextTranslationJobProperties$TargetLanguageCodes": "The language code of the language of the target text. The language must be a language supported by Amazon Translate.
" } }, @@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ } }, "TooManyTagsException": { - "base": null, + "base": "You have added too many tags to this resource. The maximum is 50 tags.
", "refs": { } }, @@ -740,9 +740,9 @@ } }, "TranslationSettings": { - "base": "Settings that configure the translation output.
", + "base": "Optional settings that configure the translation output. Use these settings for real time translations and asynchronous translation jobs.
", "refs": { - "StartTextTranslationJobRequest$Settings": "Settings to configure your translation output, including the option to mask profane words and phrases. StartTextTranslationJob does not support the formality setting.
Settings to configure your translation output, including the option to set the formality level of the output text and the option to mask profane words and phrases.
", "TextTranslationJobProperties$Settings": "Settings that configure the translation output.
", "TranslateTextRequest$Settings": "Settings to configure your translation output, including the option to set the formality level of the output text and the option to mask profane words and phrases.
", "TranslateTextResponse$AppliedSettings": "Settings that configure the translation output.
" @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ } }, "UnsupportedLanguagePairException": { - "base": "Amazon Translate does not support translation from the language of the source text into the requested target language. For more information, see how-to-error-msg.
", + "base": "Amazon Translate does not support translation from the language of the source text into the requested target language. For more information, see Error messages.
", "refs": { } }, diff --git a/models/apis/wisdom/2020-10-19/api-2.json b/models/apis/wisdom/2020-10-19/api-2.json index 16dbe167e43..7630d34f4d9 100644 --- a/models/apis/wisdom/2020-10-19/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/wisdom/2020-10-19/api-2.json @@ -355,22 +355,6 @@ ], "idempotent":true }, - "PutFeedback":{ - "name":"PutFeedback", - "http":{ - "method":"PUT", - "requestUri":"/assistants/{assistantId}/feedback", - "responseCode":200 - }, - "input":{"shape":"PutFeedbackRequest"}, - "output":{"shape":"PutFeedbackResponse"}, - "errors":[ - {"shape":"ValidationException"}, - {"shape":"AccessDeniedException"}, - {"shape":"ResourceNotFoundException"} - ], - "idempotent":true - }, "QueryAssistant":{ "name":"QueryAssistant", "http":{ @@ -1015,13 +999,6 @@ "text":{"shape":"SensitiveString"} } }, - "FeedbackData":{ - "type":"structure", - "required":["relevance"], - "members":{ - "relevance":{"shape":"Relevance"} - } - }, "Filter":{ "type":"structure", "required":[ @@ -1515,42 +1492,6 @@ }, "exception":true }, - "PutFeedbackRequest":{ - "type":"structure", - "required":[ - "assistantId", - "feedback", - "targetId", - "targetType" - ], - "members":{ - "assistantId":{ - "shape":"UuidOrArn", - "location":"uri", - "locationName":"assistantId" - }, - "feedback":{"shape":"FeedbackData"}, - "targetId":{"shape":"String"}, - "targetType":{"shape":"TargetType"} - } - }, - "PutFeedbackResponse":{ - "type":"structure", - "required":[ - "assistantArn", - "assistantId", - "feedback", - "targetId", - "targetType" - ], - "members":{ - "assistantArn":{"shape":"UuidOrArn"}, - "assistantId":{"shape":"Uuid"}, - "feedback":{"shape":"FeedbackData"}, - "targetId":{"shape":"Uuid"}, - "targetType":{"shape":"TargetType"} - } - }, "QueryAssistantRequest":{ "type":"structure", "required":[ @@ -1656,13 +1597,6 @@ "type":"string", "enum":["KNOWLEDGE_CONTENT"] }, - "Relevance":{ - "type":"string", - "enum":[ - "HELPFUL", - "NOT_HELPFUL" - ] - }, "RelevanceLevel":{ "type":"string", "enum":[ @@ -1933,13 +1867,6 @@ "key":{"shape":"TagKey"}, "value":{"shape":"TagValue"} }, - "TargetType":{ - "type":"string", - "enum":[ - "RECOMMENDATION", - "RESULT" - ] - }, "TooManyTagsException":{ "type":"structure", "members":{ diff --git a/models/apis/wisdom/2020-10-19/docs-2.json b/models/apis/wisdom/2020-10-19/docs-2.json index a76a5310a17..a9ee1df192d 100644 --- a/models/apis/wisdom/2020-10-19/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/wisdom/2020-10-19/docs-2.json @@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ "ListKnowledgeBases": "Lists the knowledge bases.
", "ListTagsForResource": "Lists the tags for the specified resource.
", "NotifyRecommendationsReceived": "Removes the specified recommendations from the specified assistant's queue of newly available recommendations. You can use this API in conjunction with GetRecommendations and a waitTimeSeconds input for long-polling behavior and avoiding duplicate recommendations.
Submits feedback to Wisdom. The feedback is used to improve future recommendations from GetRecommendations or results from QueryAssistant. Feedback can be resubmitted up to 6 hours after submission.
", "QueryAssistant": "Performs a manual search against the specified assistant. To retrieve recommendations for an assistant, use GetRecommendations.
", "RemoveKnowledgeBaseTemplateUri": "Removes a URI template from a knowledge base.
", "SearchContent": "Searches for content in a specified knowledge base. Can be used to get a specific content resource by its name.
", @@ -344,13 +343,6 @@ "Document$title": "The title of the document.
" } }, - "FeedbackData": { - "base": "The feedback to submit to Wisdom.
", - "refs": { - "PutFeedbackRequest$feedback": "The feedback.
", - "PutFeedbackResponse$feedback": "The feedback.
" - } - }, "Filter": { "base": "A search filter.
", "refs": { @@ -674,16 +666,6 @@ "refs": { } }, - "PutFeedbackRequest": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - } - }, - "PutFeedbackResponse": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - } - }, "QueryAssistantRequest": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -769,12 +751,6 @@ "RecommendationData$type": "The type of recommendation.
" } }, - "Relevance": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - "FeedbackData$relevance": "The relevance of the target this feedback is for.
" - } - }, "RelevanceLevel": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -910,7 +886,6 @@ "ConflictException$message": null, "NotifyRecommendationsReceivedError$recommendationId": "The identifier of the recommendation that is in error.
", "PreconditionFailedException$message": null, - "PutFeedbackRequest$targetId": "The identifier of a recommendation. or The identifier of the result data.
", "RecommendationData$recommendationId": "The identifier of the recommendation.
", "RecommendationIdList$member": null, "ResourceNotFoundException$message": null, @@ -979,13 +954,6 @@ "TagResourceRequest$tags": "The tags used to organize, track, or control access for this resource.
" } }, - "TargetType": { - "base": null, - "refs": { - "PutFeedbackRequest$targetType": "The type of the targetId for which The feedback. is targeted.
", - "PutFeedbackResponse$targetType": "The type of the targetId for which The feedback. is targeted.
" - } - }, "TooManyTagsException": { "base": "Amazon Connect Wisdom throws this exception if you have too many tags in your tag set.
", "refs": { @@ -1057,8 +1025,6 @@ "KnowledgeBaseAssociationData$knowledgeBaseId": "The identifier of the knowledge base.
", "KnowledgeBaseData$knowledgeBaseId": "The identifier of the knowledge base.
", "KnowledgeBaseSummary$knowledgeBaseId": "The identifier of the knowledge base.
", - "PutFeedbackResponse$assistantId": "The identifier of the Wisdom assistant.
", - "PutFeedbackResponse$targetId": "The identifier of a recommendation. or The identifier of the result data.
", "RecommendationTrigger$id": "The identifier of the recommendation trigger.
", "ResultData$resultId": "The identifier of the result data.
", "SessionData$sessionId": "The identifier of the session.
", @@ -1094,8 +1060,6 @@ "ListContentsRequest$knowledgeBaseId": "The identifier of the knowledge base. Can be either the ID or the ARN. URLs cannot contain the ARN.
", "NotifyRecommendationsReceivedRequest$assistantId": "The identifier of the Wisdom assistant. Can be either the ID or the ARN. URLs cannot contain the ARN.
", "NotifyRecommendationsReceivedRequest$sessionId": "The identifier of the session. Can be either the ID or the ARN. URLs cannot contain the ARN.
", - "PutFeedbackRequest$assistantId": "The identifier of the Wisdom assistant. Can be either the ID or the ARN. URLs cannot contain the ARN.
", - "PutFeedbackResponse$assistantArn": "The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Wisdom assistant.
", "QueryAssistantRequest$assistantId": "The identifier of the Wisdom assistant. Can be either the ID or the ARN. URLs cannot contain the ARN.
", "RemoveKnowledgeBaseTemplateUriRequest$knowledgeBaseId": "The identifier of the knowledge base. Can be either the ID or the ARN. URLs cannot contain the ARN.
", "SearchContentRequest$knowledgeBaseId": "The identifier of the knowledge base. Can be either the ID or the ARN. URLs cannot contain the ARN.
", diff --git a/models/endpoints/endpoints.json b/models/endpoints/endpoints.json index 990216daeae..730828a80db 100644 --- a/models/endpoints/endpoints.json +++ b/models/endpoints/endpoints.json @@ -8038,6 +8038,13 @@ "deprecated" : true, "hostname" : "kms-fips.eu-south-1.amazonaws.com" }, + "eu-south-2-fips" : { + "credentialScope" : { + "region" : "eu-south-2" + }, + "deprecated" : true, + "hostname" : "kms-fips.eu-south-2.amazonaws.com" + }, "eu-west-1" : { "variants" : [ { "hostname" : "kms-fips.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com", diff --git a/service/amplifyuibuilder/api.go b/service/amplifyuibuilder/api.go index 87e8a6e4d24..9e24b494630 100644 --- a/service/amplifyuibuilder/api.go +++ b/service/amplifyuibuilder/api.go @@ -5355,6 +5355,10 @@ type FieldInputConfig struct { // The text to display to describe the field. DescriptiveText *string `locationName:"descriptiveText" type:"string"` + // Specifies whether to render the field as an array. This property is ignored + // if the dataSourceType for the form is a Data Store. + IsArray *bool `locationName:"isArray" type:"boolean"` + // The maximum value to display for the field. MaxValue *float64 `locationName:"maxValue" type:"float"` @@ -5448,6 +5452,12 @@ func (s *FieldInputConfig) SetDescriptiveText(v string) *FieldInputConfig { return s } +// SetIsArray sets the IsArray field's value. +func (s *FieldInputConfig) SetIsArray(v bool) *FieldInputConfig { + s.IsArray = &v + return s +} + // SetMaxValue sets the MaxValue field's value. func (s *FieldInputConfig) SetMaxValue(v float64) *FieldInputConfig { s.MaxValue = &v @@ -5897,7 +5907,7 @@ func (s *FormButton) SetPosition(v *FieldPosition) *FormButton { return s } -// Describes the call to action button configuration for the form.. +// Describes the call to action button configuration for the form. type FormCTA struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` diff --git a/service/appflow/api.go b/service/appflow/api.go index 1f263701ded..0f5e929895f 100644 --- a/service/appflow/api.go +++ b/service/appflow/api.go @@ -11269,6 +11269,48 @@ func (s *SalesforceConnectorProfileProperties) SetIsSandboxEnvironment(v bool) * type SalesforceDestinationProperties struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies which Salesforce API is used by Amazon AppFlow when your flow transfers + // data to Salesforce. + // + // AUTOMATIC + // + // The default. Amazon AppFlow selects which API to use based on the number + // of records that your flow transfers to Salesforce. If your flow transfers + // fewer than 1,000 records, Amazon AppFlow uses Salesforce REST API. If your + // flow transfers 1,000 records or more, Amazon AppFlow uses Salesforce Bulk + // API 2.0. + // + // Each of these Salesforce APIs structures data differently. If Amazon AppFlow + // selects the API automatically, be aware that, for recurring flows, the data + // output might vary from one flow run to the next. For example, if a flow runs + // daily, it might use REST API on one day to transfer 900 records, and it might + // use Bulk API 2.0 on the next day to transfer 1,100 records. For each of these + // flow runs, the respective Salesforce API formats the data differently. Some + // of the differences include how dates are formatted and null values are represented. + // Also, Bulk API 2.0 doesn't transfer Salesforce compound fields. + // + // By choosing this option, you optimize flow performance for both small and + // large data transfers, but the tradeoff is inconsistent formatting in the + // output. + // + // BULKV2 + // + // Amazon AppFlow uses only Salesforce Bulk API 2.0. This API runs asynchronous + // data transfers, and it's optimal for large sets of data. By choosing this + // option, you ensure that your flow writes consistent output, but you optimize + // performance only for large data transfers. + // + // Note that Bulk API 2.0 does not transfer Salesforce compound fields. + // + // REST_SYNC + // + // Amazon AppFlow uses only Salesforce REST API. By choosing this option, you + // ensure that your flow writes consistent output, but you decrease performance + // for large data transfers that are better suited for Bulk API 2.0. In some + // cases, if your flow attempts to transfer a vary large set of data, it might + // fail with a timed out error. + DataTransferApi *string `locationName:"dataTransferApi" type:"string" enum:"SalesforceDataTransferApi"` + // The settings that determine how Amazon AppFlow handles an error when placing // data in the Salesforce destination. For example, this setting would determine // if the flow should fail after one insertion error, or continue and attempt @@ -11326,6 +11368,12 @@ func (s *SalesforceDestinationProperties) Validate() error { return nil } +// SetDataTransferApi sets the DataTransferApi field's value. +func (s *SalesforceDestinationProperties) SetDataTransferApi(v string) *SalesforceDestinationProperties { + s.DataTransferApi = &v + return s +} + // SetErrorHandlingConfig sets the ErrorHandlingConfig field's value. func (s *SalesforceDestinationProperties) SetErrorHandlingConfig(v *ErrorHandlingConfig) *SalesforceDestinationProperties { s.ErrorHandlingConfig = v @@ -11354,6 +11402,10 @@ func (s *SalesforceDestinationProperties) SetWriteOperationType(v string) *Sales type SalesforceMetadata struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The Salesforce APIs that you can have Amazon AppFlow use when your flows + // transfers data to or from Salesforce. + DataTransferApis []*string `locationName:"dataTransferApis" type:"list" enum:"SalesforceDataTransferApi"` + // The desired authorization scope for the Salesforce account. OAuthScopes []*string `locationName:"oAuthScopes" type:"list"` } @@ -11376,6 +11428,12 @@ func (s SalesforceMetadata) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// SetDataTransferApis sets the DataTransferApis field's value. +func (s *SalesforceMetadata) SetDataTransferApis(v []*string) *SalesforceMetadata { + s.DataTransferApis = v + return s +} + // SetOAuthScopes sets the OAuthScopes field's value. func (s *SalesforceMetadata) SetOAuthScopes(v []*string) *SalesforceMetadata { s.OAuthScopes = v @@ -11386,6 +11444,49 @@ func (s *SalesforceMetadata) SetOAuthScopes(v []*string) *SalesforceMetadata { type SalesforceSourceProperties struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies which Salesforce API is used by Amazon AppFlow when your flow transfers + // data from Salesforce. + // + // AUTOMATIC + // + // The default. Amazon AppFlow selects which API to use based on the number + // of records that your flow transfers from Salesforce. If your flow transfers + // fewer than 1,000,000 records, Amazon AppFlow uses Salesforce REST API. If + // your flow transfers 1,000,000 records or more, Amazon AppFlow uses Salesforce + // Bulk API 2.0. + // + // Each of these Salesforce APIs structures data differently. If Amazon AppFlow + // selects the API automatically, be aware that, for recurring flows, the data + // output might vary from one flow run to the next. For example, if a flow runs + // daily, it might use REST API on one day to transfer 900,000 records, and + // it might use Bulk API 2.0 on the next day to transfer 1,100,000 records. + // For each of these flow runs, the respective Salesforce API formats the data + // differently. Some of the differences include how dates are formatted and + // null values are represented. Also, Bulk API 2.0 doesn't transfer Salesforce + // compound fields. + // + // By choosing this option, you optimize flow performance for both small and + // large data transfers, but the tradeoff is inconsistent formatting in the + // output. + // + // BULKV2 + // + // Amazon AppFlow uses only Salesforce Bulk API 2.0. This API runs asynchronous + // data transfers, and it's optimal for large sets of data. By choosing this + // option, you ensure that your flow writes consistent output, but you optimize + // performance only for large data transfers. + // + // Note that Bulk API 2.0 does not transfer Salesforce compound fields. + // + // REST_SYNC + // + // Amazon AppFlow uses only Salesforce REST API. By choosing this option, you + // ensure that your flow writes consistent output, but you decrease performance + // for large data transfers that are better suited for Bulk API 2.0. In some + // cases, if your flow attempts to transfer a vary large set of data, it might + // fail with a timed out error. + DataTransferApi *string `locationName:"dataTransferApi" type:"string" enum:"SalesforceDataTransferApi"` + // The flag that enables dynamic fetching of new (recently added) fields in // the Salesforce objects while running a flow. EnableDynamicFieldUpdate *bool `locationName:"enableDynamicFieldUpdate" type:"boolean"` @@ -11430,6 +11531,12 @@ func (s *SalesforceSourceProperties) Validate() error { return nil } +// SetDataTransferApi sets the DataTransferApi field's value. +func (s *SalesforceSourceProperties) SetDataTransferApi(v string) *SalesforceSourceProperties { + s.DataTransferApi = &v + return s +} + // SetEnableDynamicFieldUpdate sets the EnableDynamicFieldUpdate field's value. func (s *SalesforceSourceProperties) SetEnableDynamicFieldUpdate(v bool) *SalesforceSourceProperties { s.EnableDynamicFieldUpdate = &v @@ -15669,6 +15776,9 @@ const ( // OperatorPropertiesKeysExcludeSourceFieldsList is a OperatorPropertiesKeys enum value OperatorPropertiesKeysExcludeSourceFieldsList = "EXCLUDE_SOURCE_FIELDS_LIST" + + // OperatorPropertiesKeysIncludeNewFields is a OperatorPropertiesKeys enum value + OperatorPropertiesKeysIncludeNewFields = "INCLUDE_NEW_FIELDS" ) // OperatorPropertiesKeys_Values returns all elements of the OperatorPropertiesKeys enum @@ -15689,6 +15799,7 @@ func OperatorPropertiesKeys_Values() []string { OperatorPropertiesKeysConcatFormat, OperatorPropertiesKeysSubfieldCategoryMap, OperatorPropertiesKeysExcludeSourceFieldsList, + OperatorPropertiesKeysIncludeNewFields, } } @@ -16168,6 +16279,26 @@ func SalesforceConnectorOperator_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // SalesforceDataTransferApiAutomatic is a SalesforceDataTransferApi enum value + SalesforceDataTransferApiAutomatic = "AUTOMATIC" + + // SalesforceDataTransferApiBulkv2 is a SalesforceDataTransferApi enum value + SalesforceDataTransferApiBulkv2 = "BULKV2" + + // SalesforceDataTransferApiRestSync is a SalesforceDataTransferApi enum value + SalesforceDataTransferApiRestSync = "REST_SYNC" +) + +// SalesforceDataTransferApi_Values returns all elements of the SalesforceDataTransferApi enum +func SalesforceDataTransferApi_Values() []string { + return []string{ + SalesforceDataTransferApiAutomatic, + SalesforceDataTransferApiBulkv2, + SalesforceDataTransferApiRestSync, + } +} + const ( // ScheduleFrequencyTypeByminute is a ScheduleFrequencyType enum value ScheduleFrequencyTypeByminute = "BYMINUTE" diff --git a/service/connect/api.go b/service/connect/api.go index 2a64db48a34..3bee7f7fee4 100644 --- a/service/connect/api.go +++ b/service/connect/api.go @@ -43751,6 +43751,14 @@ type UserIdentityInfo struct { // The last name. This is required if you are using Amazon Connect or SAML for // identity management. LastName *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The user's mobile number. + Mobile *string `type:"string"` + + // The user's secondary email address. If you provide a secondary email, the + // user receives email notifications -- other than password reset notifications + // -- to this email address instead of to their primary email address. + SecondaryEmail *string `type:"string"` } // String returns the string representation. @@ -43805,6 +43813,18 @@ func (s *UserIdentityInfo) SetLastName(v string) *UserIdentityInfo { return s } +// SetMobile sets the Mobile field's value. +func (s *UserIdentityInfo) SetMobile(v string) *UserIdentityInfo { + s.Mobile = &v + return s +} + +// SetSecondaryEmail sets the SecondaryEmail field's value. +func (s *UserIdentityInfo) SetSecondaryEmail(v string) *UserIdentityInfo { + s.SecondaryEmail = &v + return s +} + // The user's first name and last name. type UserIdentityInfoLite struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` diff --git a/service/connectwisdomservice/api.go b/service/connectwisdomservice/api.go index 0129927c8e9..99f66267b38 100644 --- a/service/connectwisdomservice/api.go +++ b/service/connectwisdomservice/api.go @@ -2185,94 +2185,6 @@ func (c *ConnectWisdomService) NotifyRecommendationsReceivedWithContext(ctx aws. return out, req.Send() } -const opPutFeedback = "PutFeedback" - -// PutFeedbackRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the -// client's request for the PutFeedback operation. The "output" return -// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes -// successfully. -// -// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. -// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. -// -// See PutFeedback for more information on using the PutFeedback -// API call, and error handling. -// -// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration -// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. -// -// // Example sending a request using the PutFeedbackRequest method. -// req, resp := client.PutFeedbackRequest(params) -// -// err := req.Send() -// if err == nil { // resp is now filled -// fmt.Println(resp) -// } -// -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/wisdom-2020-10-19/PutFeedback -func (c *ConnectWisdomService) PutFeedbackRequest(input *PutFeedbackInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutFeedbackOutput) { - op := &request.Operation{ - Name: opPutFeedback, - HTTPMethod: "PUT", - HTTPPath: "/assistants/{assistantId}/feedback", - } - - if input == nil { - input = &PutFeedbackInput{} - } - - output = &PutFeedbackOutput{} - req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) - return -} - -// PutFeedback API operation for Amazon Connect Wisdom Service. -// -// Submits feedback to Wisdom. The feedback is used to improve future recommendations -// from GetRecommendations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wisdom/latest/APIReference/API_GetRecommendations.html) -// or results from QueryAssistant (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/wisdom/latest/APIReference/API_QueryAssistant.html). -// Feedback can be resubmitted up to 6 hours after submission. -// -// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions -// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about -// the error. -// -// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Connect Wisdom Service's -// API operation PutFeedback for usage and error information. -// -// Returned Error Types: -// -// - ValidationException -// The input fails to satisfy the constraints specified by a service. -// -// - AccessDeniedException -// You do not have sufficient access to perform this action. -// -// - ResourceNotFoundException -// The specified resource does not exist. -// -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/wisdom-2020-10-19/PutFeedback -func (c *ConnectWisdomService) PutFeedback(input *PutFeedbackInput) (*PutFeedbackOutput, error) { - req, out := c.PutFeedbackRequest(input) - return out, req.Send() -} - -// PutFeedbackWithContext is the same as PutFeedback with the addition of -// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. -// -// See PutFeedback for details on how to use this API operation. -// -// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If -// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create -// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ -// for more information on using Contexts. -func (c *ConnectWisdomService) PutFeedbackWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutFeedbackInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutFeedbackOutput, error) { - req, out := c.PutFeedbackRequest(input) - req.SetContext(ctx) - req.ApplyOptions(opts...) - return out, req.Send() -} - const opQueryAssistant = "QueryAssistant" // QueryAssistantRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -5460,53 +5372,6 @@ func (s *DocumentText) SetText(v string) *DocumentText { return s } -// The feedback to submit to Wisdom. -type FeedbackData struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - - // The relevance of the target this feedback is for. - // - // Relevance is a required field - Relevance *string `locationName:"relevance" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Relevance"` -} - -// String returns the string representation. -// -// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not -// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the -// value will be replaced with "sensitive". -func (s FeedbackData) String() string { - return awsutil.Prettify(s) -} - -// GoString returns the string representation. -// -// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not -// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the -// value will be replaced with "sensitive". -func (s FeedbackData) GoString() string { - return s.String() -} - -// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. -func (s *FeedbackData) Validate() error { - invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FeedbackData"} - if s.Relevance == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Relevance")) - } - - if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { - return invalidParams - } - return nil -} - -// SetRelevance sets the Relevance field's value. -func (s *FeedbackData) SetRelevance(v string) *FeedbackData { - s.Relevance = &v - return s -} - // A search filter. type Filter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7357,180 +7222,6 @@ func (s *PreconditionFailedException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -type PutFeedbackInput struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - - // The identifier of the Wisdom assistant. Can be either the ID or the ARN. - // URLs cannot contain the ARN. - // - // AssistantId is a required field - AssistantId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"assistantId" type:"string" required:"true"` - - // The feedback. - // - // Feedback is a required field - Feedback *FeedbackData `locationName:"feedback" type:"structure" required:"true"` - - // The identifier of a recommendation. or The identifier of the result data. - // - // TargetId is a required field - TargetId *string `locationName:"targetId" type:"string" required:"true"` - - // The type of the targetId for which The feedback. is targeted. - // - // TargetType is a required field - TargetType *string `locationName:"targetType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TargetType"` -} - -// String returns the string representation. -// -// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not -// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the -// value will be replaced with "sensitive". -func (s PutFeedbackInput) String() string { - return awsutil.Prettify(s) -} - -// GoString returns the string representation. -// -// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not -// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the -// value will be replaced with "sensitive". -func (s PutFeedbackInput) GoString() string { - return s.String() -} - -// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. -func (s *PutFeedbackInput) Validate() error { - invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutFeedbackInput"} - if s.AssistantId == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AssistantId")) - } - if s.AssistantId != nil && len(*s.AssistantId) < 1 { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("AssistantId", 1)) - } - if s.Feedback == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Feedback")) - } - if s.TargetId == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetId")) - } - if s.TargetType == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetType")) - } - if s.Feedback != nil { - if err := s.Feedback.Validate(); err != nil { - invalidParams.AddNested("Feedback", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) - } - } - - if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { - return invalidParams - } - return nil -} - -// SetAssistantId sets the AssistantId field's value. -func (s *PutFeedbackInput) SetAssistantId(v string) *PutFeedbackInput { - s.AssistantId = &v - return s -} - -// SetFeedback sets the Feedback field's value. -func (s *PutFeedbackInput) SetFeedback(v *FeedbackData) *PutFeedbackInput { - s.Feedback = v - return s -} - -// SetTargetId sets the TargetId field's value. -func (s *PutFeedbackInput) SetTargetId(v string) *PutFeedbackInput { - s.TargetId = &v - return s -} - -// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value. -func (s *PutFeedbackInput) SetTargetType(v string) *PutFeedbackInput { - s.TargetType = &v - return s -} - -type PutFeedbackOutput struct { - _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - - // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Wisdom assistant. - // - // AssistantArn is a required field - AssistantArn *string `locationName:"assistantArn" type:"string" required:"true"` - - // The identifier of the Wisdom assistant. - // - // AssistantId is a required field - AssistantId *string `locationName:"assistantId" type:"string" required:"true"` - - // The feedback. - // - // Feedback is a required field - Feedback *FeedbackData `locationName:"feedback" type:"structure" required:"true"` - - // The identifier of a recommendation. or The identifier of the result data. - // - // TargetId is a required field - TargetId *string `locationName:"targetId" type:"string" required:"true"` - - // The type of the targetId for which The feedback. is targeted. - // - // TargetType is a required field - TargetType *string `locationName:"targetType" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TargetType"` -} - -// String returns the string representation. -// -// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not -// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the -// value will be replaced with "sensitive". -func (s PutFeedbackOutput) String() string { - return awsutil.Prettify(s) -} - -// GoString returns the string representation. -// -// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not -// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the -// value will be replaced with "sensitive". -func (s PutFeedbackOutput) GoString() string { - return s.String() -} - -// SetAssistantArn sets the AssistantArn field's value. -func (s *PutFeedbackOutput) SetAssistantArn(v string) *PutFeedbackOutput { - s.AssistantArn = &v - return s -} - -// SetAssistantId sets the AssistantId field's value. -func (s *PutFeedbackOutput) SetAssistantId(v string) *PutFeedbackOutput { - s.AssistantId = &v - return s -} - -// SetFeedback sets the Feedback field's value. -func (s *PutFeedbackOutput) SetFeedback(v *FeedbackData) *PutFeedbackOutput { - s.Feedback = v - return s -} - -// SetTargetId sets the TargetId field's value. -func (s *PutFeedbackOutput) SetTargetId(v string) *PutFeedbackOutput { - s.TargetId = &v - return s -} - -// SetTargetType sets the TargetType field's value. -func (s *PutFeedbackOutput) SetTargetType(v string) *PutFeedbackOutput { - s.TargetType = &v - return s -} - type QueryAssistantInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9691,22 +9382,6 @@ func RecommendationType_Values() []string { } } -const ( - // RelevanceHelpful is a Relevance enum value - RelevanceHelpful = "HELPFUL" - - // RelevanceNotHelpful is a Relevance enum value - RelevanceNotHelpful = "NOT_HELPFUL" -) - -// Relevance_Values returns all elements of the Relevance enum -func Relevance_Values() []string { - return []string{ - RelevanceHelpful, - RelevanceNotHelpful, - } -} - const ( // RelevanceLevelHigh is a RelevanceLevel enum value RelevanceLevelHigh = "HIGH" @@ -9726,19 +9401,3 @@ func RelevanceLevel_Values() []string { RelevanceLevelLow, } } - -const ( - // TargetTypeRecommendation is a TargetType enum value - TargetTypeRecommendation = "RECOMMENDATION" - - // TargetTypeResult is a TargetType enum value - TargetTypeResult = "RESULT" -) - -// TargetType_Values returns all elements of the TargetType enum -func TargetType_Values() []string { - return []string{ - TargetTypeRecommendation, - TargetTypeResult, - } -} diff --git a/service/connectwisdomservice/connectwisdomserviceiface/interface.go b/service/connectwisdomservice/connectwisdomserviceiface/interface.go index fc43b39bb4b..8d5a1acea0a 100644 --- a/service/connectwisdomservice/connectwisdomserviceiface/interface.go +++ b/service/connectwisdomservice/connectwisdomserviceiface/interface.go @@ -160,10 +160,6 @@ type ConnectWisdomServiceAPI interface { NotifyRecommendationsReceivedWithContext(aws.Context, *connectwisdomservice.NotifyRecommendationsReceivedInput, ...request.Option) (*connectwisdomservice.NotifyRecommendationsReceivedOutput, error) NotifyRecommendationsReceivedRequest(*connectwisdomservice.NotifyRecommendationsReceivedInput) (*request.Request, *connectwisdomservice.NotifyRecommendationsReceivedOutput) - PutFeedback(*connectwisdomservice.PutFeedbackInput) (*connectwisdomservice.PutFeedbackOutput, error) - PutFeedbackWithContext(aws.Context, *connectwisdomservice.PutFeedbackInput, ...request.Option) (*connectwisdomservice.PutFeedbackOutput, error) - PutFeedbackRequest(*connectwisdomservice.PutFeedbackInput) (*request.Request, *connectwisdomservice.PutFeedbackOutput) - QueryAssistant(*connectwisdomservice.QueryAssistantInput) (*connectwisdomservice.QueryAssistantOutput, error) QueryAssistantWithContext(aws.Context, *connectwisdomservice.QueryAssistantInput, ...request.Option) (*connectwisdomservice.QueryAssistantOutput, error) QueryAssistantRequest(*connectwisdomservice.QueryAssistantInput) (*request.Request, *connectwisdomservice.QueryAssistantOutput) diff --git a/service/directoryservice/api.go b/service/directoryservice/api.go index 51ed66dbf62..b71cfd4437b 100644 --- a/service/directoryservice/api.go +++ b/service/directoryservice/api.go @@ -2164,6 +2164,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsRequest(input *De Name: opDescribeClientAuthenticationSettings, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -2231,6 +2237,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsWithContext(ctx a return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeClientAuthenticationSettings operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeClientAuthenticationSettings method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeClientAuthenticationSettings operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsPages(input *DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsInput, fn func(*DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsInput, fn func(*DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeConditionalForwarders = "DescribeConditionalForwarders" // DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2358,6 +2415,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesRequest(input *DescribeDirectories Name: opDescribeDirectories, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -2430,6 +2493,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeDirectoriesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeDirectories operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeDirectories method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeDirectories operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeDirectoriesPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeDirectoriesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesPages(input *DescribeDirectoriesInput, fn func(*DescribeDirectoriesOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeDirectoriesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeDirectoriesPagesWithContext same as DescribeDirectoriesPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeDirectoriesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeDirectoriesInput, fn func(*DescribeDirectoriesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeDirectoriesInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeDirectoriesRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeDirectoriesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeDomainControllers = "DescribeDomainControllers" // DescribeDomainControllersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2703,6 +2817,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeLDAPSSettingsRequest(input *DescribeLDAPSSett Name: opDescribeLDAPSSettings, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -2767,6 +2887,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeLDAPSSettingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inp return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeLDAPSSettingsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeLDAPSSettings operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeLDAPSSettings method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeLDAPSSettings operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeLDAPSSettingsPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeLDAPSSettingsPages(input *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput, fn func(*DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeLDAPSSettingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeLDAPSSettingsPagesWithContext same as DescribeLDAPSSettingsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeLDAPSSettingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput, fn func(*DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeLDAPSSettingsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeRegions = "DescribeRegions" // DescribeRegionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2797,6 +2968,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeRegionsRequest(input *DescribeRegionsInput) ( Name: opDescribeRegions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -2865,6 +3042,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeRegionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *De return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeRegionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeRegions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeRegions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeRegions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeRegionsPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeRegionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeRegionsPages(input *DescribeRegionsInput, fn func(*DescribeRegionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeRegionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeRegionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeRegionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeRegionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRegionsInput, fn func(*DescribeRegionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeRegionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeRegionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeRegionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeSettings = "DescribeSettings" // DescribeSettingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -2989,6 +3217,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(input *DescribeShare Name: opDescribeSharedDirectories, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -3053,6 +3287,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeSharedDirectoriesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSharedDirectories operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeSharedDirectories method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSharedDirectories operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeSharedDirectoriesPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectoriesPages(input *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput, fn func(*DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeSharedDirectoriesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeSharedDirectoriesPagesWithContext same as DescribeSharedDirectoriesPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSharedDirectoriesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput, fn func(*DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeSnapshots = "DescribeSnapshots" // DescribeSnapshotsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -3083,6 +3368,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInpu Name: opDescribeSnapshots, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -3151,6 +3442,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input * return out, req.Send() } +// DescribeSnapshotsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSnapshots operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeSnapshots method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSnapshots operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeSnapshotsPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsPages(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeSnapshotsPagesWithContext same as DescribeSnapshotsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeSnapshotsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSnapshotsInput, fn func(*DescribeSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeSnapshotsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeSnapshotsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSnapshotsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opDescribeTrusts = "DescribeTrusts" // DescribeTrustsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -3181,6 +3523,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsRequest(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (re Name: opDescribeTrusts, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -3226,26 +3574,228 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsRequest(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (re // - UnsupportedOperationException // The operation is not supported. // -// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeTrusts -func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrusts(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) { - req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input) - return out, req.Send() +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeTrusts +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrusts(input *DescribeTrustsInput) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeTrustsWithContext is the same as DescribeTrusts with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeTrusts for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTrustsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeTrustsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeTrusts operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeTrusts method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeTrusts operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeTrustsPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeTrustsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsPages(input *DescribeTrustsInput, fn func(*DescribeTrustsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeTrustsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// DescribeTrustsPagesWithContext same as DescribeTrustsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTrustsInput, fn func(*DescribeTrustsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeTrustsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTrustsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + +const opDescribeUpdateDirectory = "DescribeUpdateDirectory" + +// DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the DescribeUpdateDirectory operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See DescribeUpdateDirectory for more information on using the DescribeUpdateDirectory +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// // Example sending a request using the DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest method. +// req, resp := client.DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeUpdateDirectory +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest(input *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opDescribeUpdateDirectory, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "", + TruncationToken: "", + }, + } + + if input == nil { + input = &DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput{} + } + + output = &DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// DescribeUpdateDirectory API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// +// Describes the updates of a directory for a particular update type. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation DescribeUpdateDirectory for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// +// - DirectoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified directory does not exist in the system. +// +// - InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// - AccessDeniedException +// Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. +// +// - ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// - ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in Directory Service. +// +// - InvalidNextTokenException +// The NextToken value is not valid. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/DescribeUpdateDirectory +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeUpdateDirectory(input *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) (*DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeUpdateDirectoryWithContext is the same as DescribeUpdateDirectory with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See DescribeUpdateDirectory for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeUpdateDirectoryWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput, error) { + req, out := c.DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// DescribeUpdateDirectoryPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeUpdateDirectory operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See DescribeUpdateDirectory method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeUpdateDirectory operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.DescribeUpdateDirectoryPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeUpdateDirectoryPages(input *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput, fn func(*DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.DescribeUpdateDirectoryPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) } -// DescribeTrustsWithContext is the same as DescribeTrusts with the addition of -// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. -// -// See DescribeTrusts for details on how to use this API operation. +// DescribeUpdateDirectoryPagesWithContext same as DescribeUpdateDirectoryPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. // // The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If // the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create // sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ // for more information on using Contexts. -func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeTrustsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTrustsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTrustsOutput, error) { - req, out := c.DescribeTrustsRequest(input) - req.SetContext(ctx) - req.ApplyOptions(opts...) - return out, req.Send() +func (c *DirectoryService) DescribeUpdateDirectoryPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput, fn func(*DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() } const opDisableClientAuthentication = "DisableClientAuthentication" @@ -4213,6 +4763,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListCertificatesRequest(input *ListCertificatesInput) Name: opListCertificates, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -4278,6 +4834,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *L return out, req.Send() } +// ListCertificatesPages iterates over the pages of a ListCertificates operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListCertificates method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListCertificates operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListCertificatesPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.ListCertificatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) ListCertificatesPages(input *ListCertificatesInput, fn func(*ListCertificatesOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListCertificatesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListCertificatesPagesWithContext same as ListCertificatesPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) ListCertificatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListCertificatesInput, fn func(*ListCertificatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListCertificatesInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListCertificatesRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListCertificatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opListIpRoutes = "ListIpRoutes" // ListIpRoutesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -4308,6 +4915,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesRequest(input *ListIpRoutesInput) (req *r Name: opListIpRoutes, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -4369,6 +4982,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListI return out, req.Send() } +// ListIpRoutesPages iterates over the pages of a ListIpRoutes operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListIpRoutes method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListIpRoutes operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListIpRoutesPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.ListIpRoutesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesPages(input *ListIpRoutesInput, fn func(*ListIpRoutesOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListIpRoutesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListIpRoutesPagesWithContext same as ListIpRoutesPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) ListIpRoutesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListIpRoutesInput, fn func(*ListIpRoutesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListIpRoutesInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListIpRoutesRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListIpRoutesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opListLogSubscriptions = "ListLogSubscriptions" // ListLogSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -4399,6 +5063,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(input *ListLogSubscriptio Name: opListLogSubscriptions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -4457,6 +5127,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu return out, req.Send() } +// ListLogSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListLogSubscriptions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListLogSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListLogSubscriptions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListLogSubscriptionsPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptionsPages(input *ListLogSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListLogSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListLogSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as ListLogSubscriptionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) ListLogSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListLogSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListLogSubscriptionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListLogSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opListSchemaExtensions = "ListSchemaExtensions" // ListSchemaExtensionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -4487,6 +5208,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(input *ListSchemaExtensio Name: opListSchemaExtensions, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -4545,6 +5272,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, inpu return out, req.Send() } +// ListSchemaExtensionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListSchemaExtensions operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListSchemaExtensions method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListSchemaExtensions operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListSchemaExtensionsPages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensionsPages(input *ListSchemaExtensionsInput, fn func(*ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListSchemaExtensionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListSchemaExtensionsPagesWithContext same as ListSchemaExtensionsPages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) ListSchemaExtensionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListSchemaExtensionsInput, fn func(*ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListSchemaExtensionsInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListSchemaExtensionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" // ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -4575,6 +5353,12 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResource Name: opListTagsForResource, HTTPMethod: "POST", HTTPPath: "/", + Paginator: &request.Paginator{ + InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, + LimitToken: "Limit", + TruncationToken: "", + }, } if input == nil { @@ -4636,6 +5420,57 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input return out, req.Send() } +// ListTagsForResourcePages iterates over the pages of a ListTagsForResource operation, +// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop +// iterating, return false from the fn function. +// +// See ListTagsForResource method for more information on how to use this operation. +// +// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. +// +// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListTagsForResource operation. +// pageNum := 0 +// err := client.ListTagsForResourcePages(params, +// func(page *directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceOutput, lastPage bool) bool { +// pageNum++ +// fmt.Println(page) +// return pageNum <= 3 +// }) +func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourcePages(input *ListTagsForResourceInput, fn func(*ListTagsForResourceOutput, bool) bool) error { + return c.ListTagsForResourcePagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) +} + +// ListTagsForResourcePagesWithContext same as ListTagsForResourcePages except +// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) ListTagsForResourcePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, fn func(*ListTagsForResourceOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { + p := request.Pagination{ + NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { + var inCpy *ListTagsForResourceInput + if input != nil { + tmp := *input + inCpy = &tmp + } + req, _ := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(inCpy) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return req, nil + }, + } + + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListTagsForResourceOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } + } + + return p.Err() +} + const opRegisterCertificate = "RegisterCertificate" // RegisterCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -5827,6 +6662,112 @@ func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateConditionalForwarderWithContext(ctx aws.Context return out, req.Send() } +const opUpdateDirectorySetup = "UpdateDirectorySetup" + +// UpdateDirectorySetupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the UpdateDirectorySetup operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See UpdateDirectorySetup for more information on using the UpdateDirectorySetup +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// // Example sending a request using the UpdateDirectorySetupRequest method. +// req, resp := client.UpdateDirectorySetupRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateDirectorySetup +func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateDirectorySetupRequest(input *UpdateDirectorySetupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateDirectorySetupOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opUpdateDirectorySetup, + HTTPMethod: "POST", + HTTPPath: "/", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &UpdateDirectorySetupInput{} + } + + output = &UpdateDirectorySetupOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(jsonrpc.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) + return +} + +// UpdateDirectorySetup API operation for AWS Directory Service. +// +// Updates the directory for a particular update type. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Directory Service's +// API operation UpdateDirectorySetup for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// +// - UnsupportedOperationException +// The operation is not supported. +// +// - DirectoryInDesiredStateException +// The directory is already updated to desired update type settings. +// +// - DirectoryUnavailableException +// The specified directory is unavailable or could not be found. +// +// - SnapshotLimitExceededException +// The maximum number of manual snapshots for the directory has been reached. +// You can use the GetSnapshotLimits operation to determine the snapshot limits +// for a directory. +// +// - InvalidParameterException +// One or more parameters are not valid. +// +// - DirectoryDoesNotExistException +// The specified directory does not exist in the system. +// +// - AccessDeniedException +// Client authentication is not available in this region at this time. +// +// - ClientException +// A client exception has occurred. +// +// - ServiceException +// An exception has occurred in Directory Service. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ds-2015-04-16/UpdateDirectorySetup +func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateDirectorySetup(input *UpdateDirectorySetupInput) (*UpdateDirectorySetupOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateDirectorySetupRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// UpdateDirectorySetupWithContext is the same as UpdateDirectorySetup with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See UpdateDirectorySetup for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *DirectoryService) UpdateDirectorySetupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateDirectorySetupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateDirectorySetupOutput, error) { + req, out := c.UpdateDirectorySetupRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opUpdateNumberOfDomainControllers = "UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers" // UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -10806,6 +11747,129 @@ func (s *DescribeTrustsOutput) SetTrusts(v []*Trust) *DescribeTrustsOutput { return s } +type DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The unique identifier of the directory. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field + DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The DescribeUpdateDirectoryResult. NextToken value from a previous call to + // DescribeUpdateDirectory. Pass null if this is the first call. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // The name of the Region. + RegionName *string `min:"8" type:"string"` + + // The type of updates you want to describe for the directory. + // + // UpdateType is a required field + UpdateType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"UpdateType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput"} + if s.DirectoryId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) + } + if s.RegionName != nil && len(*s.RegionName) < 8 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RegionName", 8)) + } + if s.UpdateType == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UpdateType")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. +func (s *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput { + s.DirectoryId = &v + return s +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetRegionName sets the RegionName field's value. +func (s *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) SetRegionName(v string) *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput { + s.RegionName = &v + return s +} + +// SetUpdateType sets the UpdateType field's value. +func (s *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) SetUpdateType(v string) *DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput { + s.UpdateType = &v + return s +} + +type DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // If not null, more results are available. Pass this value for the NextToken + // parameter. + NextToken *string `type:"string"` + + // The list of update activities on a directory for the requested update type. + UpdateActivities []*UpdateInfoEntry `type:"list"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. +func (s *DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput { + s.NextToken = &v + return s +} + +// SetUpdateActivities sets the UpdateActivities field's value. +func (s *DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput) SetUpdateActivities(v []*UpdateInfoEntry) *DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput { + s.UpdateActivities = v + return s +} + // The Region you specified is the same Region where the Managed Microsoft AD // directory was created. Specify a different Region and try again. type DirectoryAlreadyInRegionException struct { @@ -11166,6 +12230,9 @@ type DirectoryDescription struct { // The fully qualified name of the directory. Name *string `type:"string"` + // The operating system (OS) version of the directory. + OsVersion *string `type:"string" enum:"OSVersion"` + // Describes the Managed Microsoft AD directory in the directory owner account. OwnerDirectoryDescription *OwnerDirectoryDescription `type:"structure"` @@ -11303,6 +12370,12 @@ func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetName(v string) *DirectoryDescription { return s } +// SetOsVersion sets the OsVersion field's value. +func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetOsVersion(v string) *DirectoryDescription { + s.OsVersion = &v + return s +} + // SetOwnerDirectoryDescription sets the OwnerDirectoryDescription field's value. func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetOwnerDirectoryDescription(v *OwnerDirectoryDescription) *DirectoryDescription { s.OwnerDirectoryDescription = v @@ -11363,38 +12436,106 @@ func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetSsoEnabled(v bool) *DirectoryDescription { return s } -// SetStage sets the Stage field's value. -func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStage(v string) *DirectoryDescription { - s.Stage = &v - return s +// SetStage sets the Stage field's value. +func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStage(v string) *DirectoryDescription { + s.Stage = &v + return s +} + +// SetStageLastUpdatedDateTime sets the StageLastUpdatedDateTime field's value. +func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStageLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *DirectoryDescription { + s.StageLastUpdatedDateTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetStageReason sets the StageReason field's value. +func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStageReason(v string) *DirectoryDescription { + s.StageReason = &v + return s +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetType(v string) *DirectoryDescription { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + +// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. +func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) *DirectoryDescription { + s.VpcSettings = v + return s +} + +// The specified directory does not exist in the system. +type DirectoryDoesNotExistException struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` + + // The descriptive message for the exception. + Message_ *string `locationName:"Message" type:"string"` + + // The Amazon Web Services request identifier. + RequestId *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s DirectoryDoesNotExistException) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s DirectoryDoesNotExistException) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +func newErrorDirectoryDoesNotExistException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &DirectoryDoesNotExistException{ + RespMetadata: v, + } +} + +// Code returns the exception type name. +func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) Code() string { + return "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" +} + +// Message returns the exception's message. +func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) Message() string { + if s.Message_ != nil { + return *s.Message_ + } + return "" } -// SetStageLastUpdatedDateTime sets the StageLastUpdatedDateTime field's value. -func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStageLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *DirectoryDescription { - s.StageLastUpdatedDateTime = &v - return s +// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. +func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) OrigErr() error { + return nil } -// SetStageReason sets the StageReason field's value. -func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetStageReason(v string) *DirectoryDescription { - s.StageReason = &v - return s +func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) Error() string { + return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s\n%s", s.Code(), s.Message(), s.String()) } -// SetType sets the Type field's value. -func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetType(v string) *DirectoryDescription { - s.Type = &v - return s +// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. +func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) StatusCode() int { + return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode } -// SetVpcSettings sets the VpcSettings field's value. -func (s *DirectoryDescription) SetVpcSettings(v *DirectoryVpcSettingsDescription) *DirectoryDescription { - s.VpcSettings = v - return s +// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. +func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) RequestID() string { + return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -// The specified directory does not exist in the system. -type DirectoryDoesNotExistException struct { +// The directory is already updated to desired update type settings. +type DirectoryInDesiredStateException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -11410,7 +12551,7 @@ type DirectoryDoesNotExistException struct { // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". -func (s DirectoryDoesNotExistException) String() string { +func (s DirectoryInDesiredStateException) String() string { return awsutil.Prettify(s) } @@ -11419,23 +12560,23 @@ func (s DirectoryDoesNotExistException) String() string { // API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not // be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the // value will be replaced with "sensitive". -func (s DirectoryDoesNotExistException) GoString() string { +func (s DirectoryInDesiredStateException) GoString() string { return s.String() } -func newErrorDirectoryDoesNotExistException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { - return &DirectoryDoesNotExistException{ +func newErrorDirectoryInDesiredStateException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { + return &DirectoryInDesiredStateException{ RespMetadata: v, } } // Code returns the exception type name. -func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) Code() string { - return "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" +func (s *DirectoryInDesiredStateException) Code() string { + return "DirectoryInDesiredStateException" } // Message returns the exception's message. -func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) Message() string { +func (s *DirectoryInDesiredStateException) Message() string { if s.Message_ != nil { return *s.Message_ } @@ -11443,21 +12584,21 @@ func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) Message() string { } // OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. -func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) OrigErr() error { +func (s *DirectoryInDesiredStateException) OrigErr() error { return nil } -func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) Error() string { +func (s *DirectoryInDesiredStateException) Error() string { return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s\n%s", s.Code(), s.Message(), s.String()) } // Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. -func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) StatusCode() int { +func (s *DirectoryInDesiredStateException) StatusCode() int { return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode } // RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. -func (s *DirectoryDoesNotExistException) RequestID() string { +func (s *DirectoryInDesiredStateException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } @@ -14626,6 +15767,38 @@ func (s *NoAvailableCertificateException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } +// OS version that the directory needs to be updated to. +type OSUpdateSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // OS version that the directory needs to be updated to. + OSVersion *string `type:"string" enum:"OSVersion"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s OSUpdateSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s OSUpdateSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetOSVersion sets the OSVersion field's value. +func (s *OSUpdateSettings) SetOSVersion(v string) *OSUpdateSettings { + s.OSVersion = &v + return s +} + // Exception encountered while trying to access your Amazon Web Services organization. type OrganizationsException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17522,6 +18695,204 @@ func (s UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +type UpdateDirectorySetupInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The boolean that specifies if a snapshot for the directory needs to be taken + // before updating the directory. + CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate *bool `type:"boolean"` + + // The identifier of the directory on which you want to perform the update. + // + // DirectoryId is a required field + DirectoryId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The settings for the OS update that needs to be performed on the directory. + OSUpdateSettings *OSUpdateSettings `type:"structure"` + + // The type of update that needs to be performed on the directory. For example, + // OS. + // + // UpdateType is a required field + UpdateType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"UpdateType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UpdateDirectorySetupInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UpdateDirectorySetupInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *UpdateDirectorySetupInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateDirectorySetupInput"} + if s.DirectoryId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DirectoryId")) + } + if s.UpdateType == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UpdateType")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetCreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate sets the CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate field's value. +func (s *UpdateDirectorySetupInput) SetCreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate(v bool) *UpdateDirectorySetupInput { + s.CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate = &v + return s +} + +// SetDirectoryId sets the DirectoryId field's value. +func (s *UpdateDirectorySetupInput) SetDirectoryId(v string) *UpdateDirectorySetupInput { + s.DirectoryId = &v + return s +} + +// SetOSUpdateSettings sets the OSUpdateSettings field's value. +func (s *UpdateDirectorySetupInput) SetOSUpdateSettings(v *OSUpdateSettings) *UpdateDirectorySetupInput { + s.OSUpdateSettings = v + return s +} + +// SetUpdateType sets the UpdateType field's value. +func (s *UpdateDirectorySetupInput) SetUpdateType(v string) *UpdateDirectorySetupInput { + s.UpdateType = &v + return s +} + +type UpdateDirectorySetupOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UpdateDirectorySetupOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UpdateDirectorySetupOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// An entry of update information related to a requested update type. +type UpdateInfoEntry struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // This specifies if the update was initiated by the customer or by the service + // team. + InitiatedBy *string `type:"string"` + + // The last updated date and time of a particular directory setting. + LastUpdatedDateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + // The new value of the target setting. + NewValue *UpdateValue `type:"structure"` + + // The old value of the target setting. + PreviousValue *UpdateValue `type:"structure"` + + // The name of the Region. + Region *string `min:"8" type:"string"` + + // The start time of the UpdateDirectorySetup for the particular type. + StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + + // The status of the update performed on the directory. + Status *string `type:"string" enum:"UpdateStatus"` + + // The reason for the current status of the update type activity. + StatusReason *string `type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UpdateInfoEntry) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UpdateInfoEntry) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetInitiatedBy sets the InitiatedBy field's value. +func (s *UpdateInfoEntry) SetInitiatedBy(v string) *UpdateInfoEntry { + s.InitiatedBy = &v + return s +} + +// SetLastUpdatedDateTime sets the LastUpdatedDateTime field's value. +func (s *UpdateInfoEntry) SetLastUpdatedDateTime(v time.Time) *UpdateInfoEntry { + s.LastUpdatedDateTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetNewValue sets the NewValue field's value. +func (s *UpdateInfoEntry) SetNewValue(v *UpdateValue) *UpdateInfoEntry { + s.NewValue = v + return s +} + +// SetPreviousValue sets the PreviousValue field's value. +func (s *UpdateInfoEntry) SetPreviousValue(v *UpdateValue) *UpdateInfoEntry { + s.PreviousValue = v + return s +} + +// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. +func (s *UpdateInfoEntry) SetRegion(v string) *UpdateInfoEntry { + s.Region = &v + return s +} + +// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value. +func (s *UpdateInfoEntry) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *UpdateInfoEntry { + s.StartTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *UpdateInfoEntry) SetStatus(v string) *UpdateInfoEntry { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + +// SetStatusReason sets the StatusReason field's value. +func (s *UpdateInfoEntry) SetStatusReason(v string) *UpdateInfoEntry { + s.StatusReason = &v + return s +} + type UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17893,6 +19264,38 @@ func (s *UpdateTrustOutput) SetTrustId(v string) *UpdateTrustOutput { return s } +// The value for a given type of UpdateSettings. +type UpdateValue struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The OS update related settings. + OSUpdateSettings *OSUpdateSettings `type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UpdateValue) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UpdateValue) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetOSUpdateSettings sets the OSUpdateSettings field's value. +func (s *UpdateValue) SetOSUpdateSettings(v *OSUpdateSettings) *UpdateValue { + s.OSUpdateSettings = v + return s +} + // The user provided a username that does not exist in your directory. type UserDoesNotExistException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18361,6 +19764,22 @@ func LDAPSType_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // OSVersionServer2012 is a OSVersion enum value + OSVersionServer2012 = "SERVER_2012" + + // OSVersionServer2019 is a OSVersion enum value + OSVersionServer2019 = "SERVER_2019" +) + +// OSVersion_Values returns all elements of the OSVersion enum +func OSVersion_Values() []string { + return []string{ + OSVersionServer2012, + OSVersionServer2019, + } +} + const ( // RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap is a RadiusAuthenticationProtocol enum value RadiusAuthenticationProtocolPap = "PAP" @@ -18712,3 +20131,35 @@ func TrustType_Values() []string { TrustTypeExternal, } } + +const ( + // UpdateStatusUpdated is a UpdateStatus enum value + UpdateStatusUpdated = "Updated" + + // UpdateStatusUpdating is a UpdateStatus enum value + UpdateStatusUpdating = "Updating" + + // UpdateStatusUpdateFailed is a UpdateStatus enum value + UpdateStatusUpdateFailed = "UpdateFailed" +) + +// UpdateStatus_Values returns all elements of the UpdateStatus enum +func UpdateStatus_Values() []string { + return []string{ + UpdateStatusUpdated, + UpdateStatusUpdating, + UpdateStatusUpdateFailed, + } +} + +const ( + // UpdateTypeOs is a UpdateType enum value + UpdateTypeOs = "OS" +) + +// UpdateType_Values returns all elements of the UpdateType enum +func UpdateType_Values() []string { + return []string{ + UpdateTypeOs, + } +} diff --git a/service/directoryservice/directoryserviceiface/interface.go b/service/directoryservice/directoryserviceiface/interface.go index 178a222cf7a..b8b60e83689 100644 --- a/service/directoryservice/directoryserviceiface/interface.go +++ b/service/directoryservice/directoryserviceiface/interface.go @@ -152,6 +152,9 @@ type DirectoryServiceAPI interface { DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsOutput, error) DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsOutput) + DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsPages(*directoryservice.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeConditionalForwarders(*directoryservice.DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) (*directoryservice.DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput, error) DescribeConditionalForwardersWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeConditionalForwardersInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput, error) DescribeConditionalForwardersRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeConditionalForwardersInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeConditionalForwardersOutput) @@ -160,6 +163,9 @@ type DirectoryServiceAPI interface { DescribeDirectoriesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeDirectoriesInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeDirectoriesOutput, error) DescribeDirectoriesRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeDirectoriesInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeDirectoriesOutput) + DescribeDirectoriesPages(*directoryservice.DescribeDirectoriesInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeDirectoriesOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeDirectoriesPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeDirectoriesInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeDirectoriesOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeDomainControllers(*directoryservice.DescribeDomainControllersInput) (*directoryservice.DescribeDomainControllersOutput, error) DescribeDomainControllersWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeDomainControllersInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeDomainControllersOutput, error) DescribeDomainControllersRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeDomainControllersInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeDomainControllersOutput) @@ -175,10 +181,16 @@ type DirectoryServiceAPI interface { DescribeLDAPSSettingsWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput, error) DescribeLDAPSSettingsRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput) + DescribeLDAPSSettingsPages(*directoryservice.DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeLDAPSSettingsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeLDAPSSettingsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeLDAPSSettingsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeRegions(*directoryservice.DescribeRegionsInput) (*directoryservice.DescribeRegionsOutput, error) DescribeRegionsWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeRegionsInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeRegionsOutput, error) DescribeRegionsRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeRegionsInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeRegionsOutput) + DescribeRegionsPages(*directoryservice.DescribeRegionsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeRegionsOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeRegionsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeRegionsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeRegionsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeSettings(*directoryservice.DescribeSettingsInput) (*directoryservice.DescribeSettingsOutput, error) DescribeSettingsWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeSettingsInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeSettingsOutput, error) DescribeSettingsRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeSettingsInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeSettingsOutput) @@ -187,14 +199,30 @@ type DirectoryServiceAPI interface { DescribeSharedDirectoriesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, error) DescribeSharedDirectoriesRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput) + DescribeSharedDirectoriesPages(*directoryservice.DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeSharedDirectoriesPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeSharedDirectoriesInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeSharedDirectoriesOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeSnapshots(*directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsInput) (*directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) DescribeSnapshotsWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsOutput, error) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsOutput) + DescribeSnapshotsPages(*directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeSnapshotsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeSnapshotsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DescribeTrusts(*directoryservice.DescribeTrustsInput) (*directoryservice.DescribeTrustsOutput, error) DescribeTrustsWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeTrustsInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeTrustsOutput, error) DescribeTrustsRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeTrustsInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeTrustsOutput) + DescribeTrustsPages(*directoryservice.DescribeTrustsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeTrustsOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeTrustsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeTrustsInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeTrustsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + + DescribeUpdateDirectory(*directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) (*directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput, error) + DescribeUpdateDirectoryWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput, error) + DescribeUpdateDirectoryRequest(*directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput) + + DescribeUpdateDirectoryPages(*directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput, bool) bool) error + DescribeUpdateDirectoryPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryInput, func(*directoryservice.DescribeUpdateDirectoryOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + DisableClientAuthentication(*directoryservice.DisableClientAuthenticationInput) (*directoryservice.DisableClientAuthenticationOutput, error) DisableClientAuthenticationWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.DisableClientAuthenticationInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.DisableClientAuthenticationOutput, error) DisableClientAuthenticationRequest(*directoryservice.DisableClientAuthenticationInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.DisableClientAuthenticationOutput) @@ -239,22 +267,37 @@ type DirectoryServiceAPI interface { ListCertificatesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListCertificatesInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.ListCertificatesOutput, error) ListCertificatesRequest(*directoryservice.ListCertificatesInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.ListCertificatesOutput) + ListCertificatesPages(*directoryservice.ListCertificatesInput, func(*directoryservice.ListCertificatesOutput, bool) bool) error + ListCertificatesPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListCertificatesInput, func(*directoryservice.ListCertificatesOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListIpRoutes(*directoryservice.ListIpRoutesInput) (*directoryservice.ListIpRoutesOutput, error) ListIpRoutesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListIpRoutesInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.ListIpRoutesOutput, error) ListIpRoutesRequest(*directoryservice.ListIpRoutesInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.ListIpRoutesOutput) + ListIpRoutesPages(*directoryservice.ListIpRoutesInput, func(*directoryservice.ListIpRoutesOutput, bool) bool) error + ListIpRoutesPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListIpRoutesInput, func(*directoryservice.ListIpRoutesOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListLogSubscriptions(*directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsInput) (*directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, error) ListLogSubscriptionsWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, error) ListLogSubscriptionsRequest(*directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsOutput) + ListLogSubscriptionsPages(*directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsInput, func(*directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error + ListLogSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsInput, func(*directoryservice.ListLogSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListSchemaExtensions(*directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsInput) (*directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, error) ListSchemaExtensionsWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, error) ListSchemaExtensionsRequest(*directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsOutput) + ListSchemaExtensionsPages(*directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsInput, func(*directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, bool) bool) error + ListSchemaExtensionsPagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsInput, func(*directoryservice.ListSchemaExtensionsOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + ListTagsForResource(*directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceInput) (*directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) ListTagsForResourceRequest(*directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceOutput) + ListTagsForResourcePages(*directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceInput, func(*directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceOutput, bool) bool) error + ListTagsForResourcePagesWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceInput, func(*directoryservice.ListTagsForResourceOutput, bool) bool, ...request.Option) error + RegisterCertificate(*directoryservice.RegisterCertificateInput) (*directoryservice.RegisterCertificateOutput, error) RegisterCertificateWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.RegisterCertificateInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.RegisterCertificateOutput, error) RegisterCertificateRequest(*directoryservice.RegisterCertificateInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.RegisterCertificateOutput) @@ -303,6 +346,10 @@ type DirectoryServiceAPI interface { UpdateConditionalForwarderWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.UpdateConditionalForwarderInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput, error) UpdateConditionalForwarderRequest(*directoryservice.UpdateConditionalForwarderInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.UpdateConditionalForwarderOutput) + UpdateDirectorySetup(*directoryservice.UpdateDirectorySetupInput) (*directoryservice.UpdateDirectorySetupOutput, error) + UpdateDirectorySetupWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.UpdateDirectorySetupInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.UpdateDirectorySetupOutput, error) + UpdateDirectorySetupRequest(*directoryservice.UpdateDirectorySetupInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.UpdateDirectorySetupOutput) + UpdateNumberOfDomainControllers(*directoryservice.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) (*directoryservice.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput, error) UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersWithContext(aws.Context, *directoryservice.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput, ...request.Option) (*directoryservice.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput, error) UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersRequest(*directoryservice.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersInput) (*request.Request, *directoryservice.UpdateNumberOfDomainControllersOutput) diff --git a/service/directoryservice/errors.go b/service/directoryservice/errors.go index 15df8ea0614..4a0873d53c9 100644 --- a/service/directoryservice/errors.go +++ b/service/directoryservice/errors.go @@ -72,6 +72,12 @@ const ( // The specified directory does not exist in the system. ErrCodeDirectoryDoesNotExistException = "DirectoryDoesNotExistException" + // ErrCodeDirectoryInDesiredStateException for service response error code + // "DirectoryInDesiredStateException". + // + // The directory is already updated to desired update type settings. + ErrCodeDirectoryInDesiredStateException = "DirectoryInDesiredStateException" + // ErrCodeDirectoryLimitExceededException for service response error code // "DirectoryLimitExceededException". // @@ -252,6 +258,7 @@ var exceptionFromCode = map[string]func(protocol.ResponseMetadata) error{ "DirectoryAlreadyInRegionException": newErrorDirectoryAlreadyInRegionException, "DirectoryAlreadySharedException": newErrorDirectoryAlreadySharedException, "DirectoryDoesNotExistException": newErrorDirectoryDoesNotExistException, + "DirectoryInDesiredStateException": newErrorDirectoryInDesiredStateException, "DirectoryLimitExceededException": newErrorDirectoryLimitExceededException, "DirectoryNotSharedException": newErrorDirectoryNotSharedException, "DirectoryUnavailableException": newErrorDirectoryUnavailableException, diff --git a/service/ecs/api.go b/service/ecs/api.go index 36e3c733f4a..5671d105a10 100644 --- a/service/ecs/api.go +++ b/service/ecs/api.go @@ -15924,14 +15924,23 @@ type ManagedScaling struct { // is omitted, the default value of 300 seconds is used. InstanceWarmupPeriod *int64 `locationName:"instanceWarmupPeriod" type:"integer"` - // The maximum number of container instances that Amazon ECS scales in or scales - // out at one time. If this parameter is omitted, the default value of 10000 - // is used. + // The maximum number of Amazon EC2 instances that Amazon ECS will scale out + // at one time. The scale in process is not affected by this parameter. If this + // parameter is omitted, the default value of 10000 is used. MaximumScalingStepSize *int64 `locationName:"maximumScalingStepSize" min:"1" type:"integer"` - // The minimum number of container instances that Amazon ECS scales in or scales - // out at one time. If this parameter is omitted, the default value of 1 is - // used. + // The minimum number of Amazon EC2 instances that Amazon ECS will scale out + // at one time. The scale in process is not affected by this parameter If this + // parameter is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. + // + // When additional capacity is required, Amazon ECS will scale up the minimum + // scaling step size even if the actual demand is less than the minimum scaling + // step size. + // + // If you use a capacity provider with an Auto Scaling group configured with + // more than one Amazon EC2 instance type or Availability Zone, Amazon ECS will + // scale up by the exact minimum scaling step size value and will ignore both + // the maximum scaling step size as well as the capacity demand. MinimumScalingStepSize *int64 `locationName:"minimumScalingStepSize" min:"1" type:"integer"` // Determines whether to use managed scaling for the capacity provider. @@ -18998,9 +19007,7 @@ type Service struct { // deployment and the ordering of stopping and starting tasks. DeploymentConfiguration *DeploymentConfiguration `locationName:"deploymentConfiguration" type:"structure"` - // The deployment controller type the service is using. When using the DescribeServices - // API, this field is omitted if the service uses the ECS deployment controller - // type. + // The deployment controller type the service is using. DeploymentController *DeploymentController `locationName:"deploymentController" type:"structure"` // The current state of deployments for the service. diff --git a/service/guardduty/api.go b/service/guardduty/api.go index 593d6105d11..1216da2d562 100644 --- a/service/guardduty/api.go +++ b/service/guardduty/api.go @@ -1589,7 +1589,9 @@ func (c *GuardDuty) DescribeMalwareScansRequest(input *DescribeMalwareScansInput // DescribeMalwareScans API operation for Amazon GuardDuty. // -// Returns a list of malware scans. +// Returns a list of malware scans. Each member account can view the malware +// scans for their own accounts. An administrator can view the malware scans +// for all the member accounts. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2149,8 +2151,8 @@ func (c *GuardDuty) DisassociateMembersRequest(input *DisassociateMembersInput) // DisassociateMembers API operation for Amazon GuardDuty. // -// Disassociates GuardDuty member accounts (to the current GuardDuty administrator -// account) specified by the account IDs. +// Disassociates GuardDuty member accounts (to the current administrator account) +// specified by the account IDs. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -7572,6 +7574,10 @@ type CreateDetectorOutput struct { // The unique ID of the created detector. DetectorId *string `locationName:"detectorId" min:"1" type:"string"` + + // Specifies the data sources that couldn't be enabled when GuardDuty was enabled + // for the first time. + UnprocessedDataSources *UnprocessedDataSourcesResult `locationName:"unprocessedDataSources" type:"structure"` } // String returns the string representation. @@ -7598,6 +7604,12 @@ func (s *CreateDetectorOutput) SetDetectorId(v string) *CreateDetectorOutput { return s } +// SetUnprocessedDataSources sets the UnprocessedDataSources field's value. +func (s *CreateDetectorOutput) SetUnprocessedDataSources(v *UnprocessedDataSourcesResult) *CreateDetectorOutput { + s.UnprocessedDataSources = v + return s +} + type CreateFilterInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -8780,8 +8792,8 @@ func (s *DataSourceFreeTrial) SetFreeTrialDaysRemaining(v int64) *DataSourceFree type DataSourcesFreeTrial struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Describes whether any AWS CloudTrail management event logs are enabled as - // data sources. + // Describes whether any Amazon Web Services CloudTrail management event logs + // are enabled as data sources. CloudTrail *DataSourceFreeTrial `locationName:"cloudTrail" type:"structure"` // Describes whether any DNS logs are enabled as data sources. @@ -10604,6 +10616,10 @@ func (s *EbsVolumeScanDetails) SetTriggerFindingId(v string) *EbsVolumeScanDetai type EbsVolumesResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the reason why scanning EBS volumes (Malware Protection) was not + // enabled as a data source. + Reason *string `locationName:"reason" type:"string"` + // Describes whether scanning EBS volumes is enabled as a data source. Status *string `locationName:"status" min:"1" type:"string" enum:"DataSourceStatus"` } @@ -10626,6 +10642,12 @@ func (s EbsVolumesResult) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// SetReason sets the Reason field's value. +func (s *EbsVolumesResult) SetReason(v string) *EbsVolumesResult { + s.Reason = &v + return s +} + // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *EbsVolumesResult) SetStatus(v string) *EbsVolumesResult { s.Status = &v @@ -11138,7 +11160,9 @@ func (s *FilterCriteria) SetFilterCriterion(v []*FilterCriterion) *FilterCriteri } // Represents a condition that when matched will be added to the response of -// the operation. +// the operation. Irrespective of using any filter criteria, an administrator +// account can view the scan entries for all of its member accounts. However, +// each member account can view the scan entries only for their own account. type FilterCriterion struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -12343,7 +12367,7 @@ func (s *GetMalwareScanSettingsInput) SetDetectorId(v string) *GetMalwareScanSet type GetMalwareScanSettingsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // An enum value representing possible snapshot preservations. + // An enum value representing possible snapshot preservation settings. EbsSnapshotPreservation *string `locationName:"ebsSnapshotPreservation" type:"string" enum:"EbsSnapshotPreservation"` // Represents the criteria to be used in the filter for scanning resources. @@ -14760,6 +14784,8 @@ type ListMembersInput struct { // Specifies whether to only return associated members or to return all members // (including members who haven't been invited yet or have been disassociated). + // Member accounts must have been previously associated with the GuardDuty administrator + // account using Create Members (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/guardduty/latest/APIReference/API_CreateMembers.html). OnlyAssociated *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"onlyAssociated" type:"string"` } @@ -18922,6 +18948,39 @@ func (s *UnprocessedAccount) SetResult(v string) *UnprocessedAccount { return s } +// Specifies the names of the data sources that couldn't be enabled. +type UnprocessedDataSourcesResult struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An object that contains information on the status of all Malware Protection + // data sources. + MalwareProtection *MalwareProtectionConfigurationResult `locationName:"malwareProtection" type:"structure"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UnprocessedDataSourcesResult) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s UnprocessedDataSourcesResult) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetMalwareProtection sets the MalwareProtection field's value. +func (s *UnprocessedDataSourcesResult) SetMalwareProtection(v *MalwareProtectionConfigurationResult) *UnprocessedDataSourcesResult { + s.MalwareProtection = v + return s +} + type UntagResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" nopayload:"true"` @@ -19497,7 +19556,7 @@ type UpdateMalwareScanSettingsInput struct { // DetectorId is a required field DetectorId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"detectorId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // An enum value representing possible snapshot preservations. + // An enum value representing possible snapshot preservation settings. EbsSnapshotPreservation *string `locationName:"ebsSnapshotPreservation" type:"string" enum:"EbsSnapshotPreservation"` // Represents the criteria to be used in the filter for selecting resources diff --git a/service/guardduty/doc.go b/service/guardduty/doc.go index 99c88476296..d0d8e72c947 100644 --- a/service/guardduty/doc.go +++ b/service/guardduty/doc.go @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ // requests to Amazon GuardDuty. // // Amazon GuardDuty is a continuous security monitoring service that analyzes -// and processes the following data sources: VPC Flow Logs, AWS CloudTrail management -// event logs, CloudTrail S3 data event logs, EKS audit logs, and DNS logs. -// It uses threat intelligence feeds (such as lists of malicious IPs and domains) -// and machine learning to identify unexpected, potentially unauthorized, and -// malicious activity within your Amazon Web Services environment. This can -// include issues like escalations of privileges, uses of exposed credentials, +// and processes the following data sources: VPC flow logs, Amazon Web Services +// CloudTrail management event logs, CloudTrail S3 data event logs, EKS audit +// logs, and DNS logs. It uses threat intelligence feeds (such as lists of malicious +// IPs and domains) and machine learning to identify unexpected, potentially +// unauthorized, and malicious activity within your Amazon Web Services environment. +// This can include issues like escalations of privileges, uses of exposed credentials, // or communication with malicious IPs, URLs, or domains. For example, GuardDuty // can detect compromised EC2 instances that serve malware or mine bitcoin. // diff --git a/service/iam/api.go b/service/iam/api.go index 3ef311cb976..2491e203de0 100644 --- a/service/iam/api.go +++ b/service/iam/api.go @@ -3001,9 +3001,8 @@ func (c *IAM) DeleteLoginProfileRequest(input *DeleteLoginProfileInput) (req *re // DeleteLoginProfile API operation for AWS Identity and Access Management. // -// Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, which terminates the user's -// ability to access Amazon Web Services services through the Amazon Web Services -// Management Console. +// Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, For more information, see +// Managing passwords for IAM users (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_credentials_passwords_admin-change-user.html). // // You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the // IAM console to delete a password for any IAM user. You can use ChangePassword @@ -17585,7 +17584,7 @@ type AccessDetail struct { // // This field is null if no principals (IAM users, IAM roles, or root users) // in the reported Organizations entity attempted to access the service within - // the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). EntityPath *string `min:"19" type:"string"` // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), @@ -17593,13 +17592,13 @@ type AccessDetail struct { // Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. // // This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity - // attempted to access the service within the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // attempted to access the service within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). LastAuthenticatedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The Region where the last service access attempt occurred. // // This field is null if no principals in the reported Organizations entity - // attempted to access the service within the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // attempted to access the service within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). Region *string `type:"string"` // The name of the service in which access was attempted. @@ -17621,7 +17620,7 @@ type AccessDetail struct { ServiceNamespace *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The number of accounts with authenticated principals (root users, IAM users, - // and IAM roles) that attempted to access the service in the reporting period. + // and IAM roles) that attempted to access the service in the tracking period. TotalAuthenticatedEntities *int64 `type:"integer"` } @@ -23147,7 +23146,7 @@ type EntityDetails struct { // Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. // // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within - // the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). LastAuthenticated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` } @@ -34957,14 +34956,14 @@ type ServiceLastAccessed struct { // Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. // // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within - // the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). LastAuthenticated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` // The ARN of the authenticated entity (user or role) that last attempted to // access the service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. // // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within - // the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). LastAuthenticatedEntity *string `min:"20" type:"string"` // The Region from which the authenticated entity (user or role) last attempted @@ -34972,7 +34971,7 @@ type ServiceLastAccessed struct { // requests. // // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within - // the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). LastAuthenticatedRegion *string `type:"string"` // The name of the service in which access was attempted. @@ -34997,14 +34996,14 @@ type ServiceLastAccessed struct { // roles) that have attempted to access the service. // // This field is null if no principals attempted to access the service within - // the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). TotalAuthenticatedEntities *int64 `type:"integer"` // An object that contains details about the most recent attempt to access a // tracked action within the service. // // This field is null if there no tracked actions or if the principal did not - // use the tracked actions within the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // use the tracked actions within the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). // This field is also null if the report was generated at the service level // and not the action level. For more information, see the Granularity field // in GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails. @@ -37177,7 +37176,7 @@ type TrackedActionLastAccessed struct { // requests. // // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within - // the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). LastAccessedRegion *string `type:"string"` // The date and time, in ISO 8601 date-time format (http://www.iso.org/iso/iso8601), @@ -37185,7 +37184,7 @@ type TrackedActionLastAccessed struct { // service. Amazon Web Services does not report unauthenticated requests. // // This field is null if no IAM entities attempted to access the service within - // the reporting period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). + // the tracking period (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/access_policies_access-advisor.html#service-last-accessed-reporting-period). LastAccessedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` } diff --git a/service/iotfleetwise/api.go b/service/iotfleetwise/api.go index 24786b52bd8..6fb442a607d 100644 --- a/service/iotfleetwise/api.go +++ b/service/iotfleetwise/api.go @@ -6976,6 +6976,11 @@ type CreateCampaignInput struct { // (Optional) A list of vehicle attributes to associate with a campaign. // + // Enrich the data with specified vehicle attributes. For example, add make + // and model to the campaign, and Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise will associate + // the data with those attributes as dimensions in Amazon Timestream. You can + // then query the data against make and model. + // // Default: An empty array DataExtraDimensions []*string `locationName:"dataExtraDimensions" type:"list"` diff --git a/service/iotfleetwise/doc.go b/service/iotfleetwise/doc.go index a93c8668c87..0d877961e75 100644 --- a/service/iotfleetwise/doc.go +++ b/service/iotfleetwise/doc.go @@ -3,17 +3,6 @@ // Package iotfleetwise provides the client and types for making API // requests to AWS IoT FleetWise. // -// Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise is in preview release and is subject to -// change. We recommend that you use the service only with test data, and not -// in production environments. -// -// While Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise is in preview, you must download -// the preview Amazon Web Services SDK and CLI to use the API operations for -// this service. These API operations aren't available in the public Amazon -// Web Services SDK or CLI. For more information, see Preview Amazon Web Services -// SDK and CLI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/iot-fleetwise/latest/developerguide/preview-sdk-cli.html) -// in the Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise Developer Guide. -// // Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise is a fully managed service that you can // use to collect, model, and transfer vehicle data to the Amazon Web Services // cloud at scale. With Amazon Web Services IoT FleetWise, you can standardize diff --git a/service/medialive/api.go b/service/medialive/api.go index f8ab15b2c71..4529fb9ff8c 100644 --- a/service/medialive/api.go +++ b/service/medialive/api.go @@ -7848,6 +7848,9 @@ func (s *AvailConfiguration) SetAvailSettings(v *AvailSettings) *AvailConfigurat type AvailSettings struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Esam + Esam *Esam `locationName:"esam" type:"structure"` + // Scte35 Splice Insert Scte35SpliceInsert *Scte35SpliceInsert `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsert" type:"structure"` @@ -7876,6 +7879,11 @@ func (s AvailSettings) GoString() string { // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *AvailSettings) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailSettings"} + if s.Esam != nil { + if err := s.Esam.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Esam", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } if s.Scte35SpliceInsert != nil { if err := s.Scte35SpliceInsert.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35SpliceInsert", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) @@ -7893,6 +7901,12 @@ func (s *AvailSettings) Validate() error { return nil } +// SetEsam sets the Esam field's value. +func (s *AvailSettings) SetEsam(v *Esam) *AvailSettings { + s.Esam = v + return s +} + // SetScte35SpliceInsert sets the Scte35SpliceInsert field's value. func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsert(v *Scte35SpliceInsert) *AvailSettings { s.Scte35SpliceInsert = v @@ -15062,6 +15076,114 @@ func (s *EncoderSettings) SetVideoDescriptions(v []*VideoDescription) *EncoderSe return s } +// Esam +type Esam struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Sent as acquisitionPointIdentity to identify the MediaLive channel to the + // POIS. + // + // AcquisitionPointId is a required field + AcquisitionPointId *string `locationName:"acquisitionPointId" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail + // PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not + // apply to OOB messages. + AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` + + Password *string `locationName:"password" type:"string"` + + // The URL of the signal conditioner endpoint on the Placement Opportunity Information + // System (POIS). MediaLive sends SignalProcessingEvents here when SCTE-35 messages + // are read. + // + // PoisEndpoint is a required field + PoisEndpoint *string `locationName:"poisEndpoint" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // Username if credentials are required to access the POIS endpoint. This can + // be either a plaintext username, or a reference to an AWS parameter store + // name from which the username can be retrieved. AWS Parameter store format: + // "ssm://" + Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` + + // Optional data sent as zoneIdentity to identify the MediaLive channel to the + // POIS. + ZoneIdentity *string `locationName:"zoneIdentity" type:"string"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s Esam) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s Esam) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Esam) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Esam"} + if s.AcquisitionPointId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AcquisitionPointId")) + } + if s.AdAvailOffset != nil && *s.AdAvailOffset < -1000 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AdAvailOffset", -1000)) + } + if s.PoisEndpoint == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PoisEndpoint")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetAcquisitionPointId sets the AcquisitionPointId field's value. +func (s *Esam) SetAcquisitionPointId(v string) *Esam { + s.AcquisitionPointId = &v + return s +} + +// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. +func (s *Esam) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Esam { + s.AdAvailOffset = &v + return s +} + +// SetPassword sets the Password field's value. +func (s *Esam) SetPassword(v string) *Esam { + s.Password = &v + return s +} + +// SetPoisEndpoint sets the PoisEndpoint field's value. +func (s *Esam) SetPoisEndpoint(v string) *Esam { + s.PoisEndpoint = &v + return s +} + +// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. +func (s *Esam) SetUsername(v string) *Esam { + s.Username = &v + return s +} + +// SetZoneIdentity sets the ZoneIdentity field's value. +func (s *Esam) SetZoneIdentity(v string) *Esam { + s.ZoneIdentity = &v + return s +} + // Failover Condition settings. There can be multiple failover conditions inside // AutomaticInputFailoverSettings. type FailoverCondition struct { @@ -26829,6 +26951,9 @@ type ScheduleActionSettings struct { // Action to pause or unpause one or both channel pipelines PauseStateSettings *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"pauseStateSettings" type:"structure"` + // Action to get scte35 input + Scte35InputSettings *Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35InputSettings" type:"structure"` + // Action to insert SCTE-35 return_to_network message Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings" type:"structure"` @@ -26891,6 +27016,11 @@ func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { invalidParams.AddNested("PauseStateSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } + if s.Scte35InputSettings != nil { + if err := s.Scte35InputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35InputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } if s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings != nil { if err := s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) @@ -26960,6 +27090,12 @@ func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetPauseStateSettings(v *PauseStateScheduleActi return s } +// SetScte35InputSettings sets the Scte35InputSettings field's value. +func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35InputSettings(v *Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { + s.Scte35InputSettings = v + return s +} + // SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings sets the Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings field's value. func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings(v *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings = v @@ -27421,6 +27557,63 @@ func (s *Scte35DescriptorSettings) SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSett return s } +// Settings for the "scte35 input" action +type Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // In fixed mode, enter the name of the input attachment that you want to use + // as a SCTE-35 input. (Don't enter the ID of the input.)" + InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string"` + + // Whether the SCTE-35 input should be the active input or a fixed input. + // + // Mode is a required field + Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35InputMode"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings"} + if s.Mode == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Mode")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value. +func (s *Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings { + s.InputAttachmentNameReference = &v + return s +} + +// SetMode sets the Mode field's value. +func (s *Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings) SetMode(v string) *Scte35InputScheduleActionSettings { + s.Mode = &v + return s +} + // Settings for a SCTE-35 return_to_network message. type Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -36421,6 +36614,24 @@ func Scte35DeviceRestrictions_Values() []string { } } +// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the +// input to ingest only a portion of the file. +const ( + // Scte35InputModeFixed is a Scte35InputMode enum value + Scte35InputModeFixed = "FIXED" + + // Scte35InputModeFollowActive is a Scte35InputMode enum value + Scte35InputModeFollowActive = "FOLLOW_ACTIVE" +) + +// Scte35InputMode_Values returns all elements of the Scte35InputMode enum +func Scte35InputMode_Values() []string { + return []string{ + Scte35InputModeFixed, + Scte35InputModeFollowActive, + } +} + // Corresponds to the no_regional_blackout_flag parameter. A value of REGIONAL_BLACKOUT // corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one // of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. diff --git a/service/mediapackagevod/api.go b/service/mediapackagevod/api.go index e77359aff48..9025a83a966 100644 --- a/service/mediapackagevod/api.go +++ b/service/mediapackagevod/api.go @@ -3569,6 +3569,74 @@ func (s *EgressEndpoint) SetUrl(v string) *EgressEndpoint { return s } +// Use encryptionContractConfiguration to configure one or more content encryption +// keys for your endpoints that use SPEKE 2.0. The encryption contract defines +// which content keys are used to encrypt the audio and video tracks in your +// stream. To configure the encryption contract, specify which audio and video +// encryption presets to use.Note the following considerations when using encryptionContractConfiguration:encryptionContractConfiguration +// can be used for DASH endpoints that use SPEKE 2.0. SPEKE 2.0 relies on the +// CPIX 2.3 specification.You must disable key rotation for this endpoint by +// setting keyRotationIntervalSeconds to 0. +type EncryptionContractConfiguration struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // A collection of audio encryption presets. + // + // PresetSpeke20Audio is a required field + PresetSpeke20Audio *string `locationName:"presetSpeke20Audio" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PresetSpeke20Audio"` + + // A collection of video encryption presets. + // + // PresetSpeke20Video is a required field + PresetSpeke20Video *string `locationName:"presetSpeke20Video" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PresetSpeke20Video"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s EncryptionContractConfiguration) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s EncryptionContractConfiguration) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *EncryptionContractConfiguration) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EncryptionContractConfiguration"} + if s.PresetSpeke20Audio == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PresetSpeke20Audio")) + } + if s.PresetSpeke20Video == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PresetSpeke20Video")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetPresetSpeke20Audio sets the PresetSpeke20Audio field's value. +func (s *EncryptionContractConfiguration) SetPresetSpeke20Audio(v string) *EncryptionContractConfiguration { + s.PresetSpeke20Audio = &v + return s +} + +// SetPresetSpeke20Video sets the PresetSpeke20Video field's value. +func (s *EncryptionContractConfiguration) SetPresetSpeke20Video(v string) *EncryptionContractConfiguration { + s.PresetSpeke20Video = &v + return s +} + type ForbiddenException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -4772,6 +4840,16 @@ func (s *ServiceUnavailableException) RequestID() string { type SpekeKeyProvider struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Use encryptionContractConfiguration to configure one or more content encryption + // keys for your endpoints that use SPEKE 2.0. The encryption contract defines + // which content keys are used to encrypt the audio and video tracks in your + // stream. To configure the encryption contract, specify which audio and video + // encryption presets to use.Note the following considerations when using encryptionContractConfiguration:encryptionContractConfiguration + // can be used for DASH endpoints that use SPEKE 2.0. SPEKE 2.0 relies on the + // CPIX 2.3 specification.You must disable key rotation for this endpoint by + // setting keyRotationIntervalSeconds to 0. + EncryptionContractConfiguration *EncryptionContractConfiguration `locationName:"encryptionContractConfiguration" type:"structure"` + // An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that AWS ElementalMediaPackage // will assume when accessing the key provider service. // @@ -4819,6 +4897,11 @@ func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) Validate() error { if s.Url == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Url")) } + if s.EncryptionContractConfiguration != nil { + if err := s.EncryptionContractConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("EncryptionContractConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { return invalidParams @@ -4826,6 +4909,12 @@ func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) Validate() error { return nil } +// SetEncryptionContractConfiguration sets the EncryptionContractConfiguration field's value. +func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetEncryptionContractConfiguration(v *EncryptionContractConfiguration) *SpekeKeyProvider { + s.EncryptionContractConfiguration = v + return s +} + // SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. func (s *SpekeKeyProvider) SetRoleArn(v string) *SpekeKeyProvider { s.RoleArn = &v @@ -5380,6 +5469,82 @@ func PeriodTriggersElement_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio1 is a PresetSpeke20Audio enum value + PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio1 = "PRESET-AUDIO-1" + + // PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio2 is a PresetSpeke20Audio enum value + PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio2 = "PRESET-AUDIO-2" + + // PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio3 is a PresetSpeke20Audio enum value + PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio3 = "PRESET-AUDIO-3" + + // PresetSpeke20AudioShared is a PresetSpeke20Audio enum value + PresetSpeke20AudioShared = "SHARED" + + // PresetSpeke20AudioUnencrypted is a PresetSpeke20Audio enum value + PresetSpeke20AudioUnencrypted = "UNENCRYPTED" +) + +// PresetSpeke20Audio_Values returns all elements of the PresetSpeke20Audio enum +func PresetSpeke20Audio_Values() []string { + return []string{ + PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio1, + PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio2, + PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio3, + PresetSpeke20AudioShared, + PresetSpeke20AudioUnencrypted, + } +} + +const ( + // PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo1 is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo1 = "PRESET-VIDEO-1" + + // PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo2 is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo2 = "PRESET-VIDEO-2" + + // PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo3 is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo3 = "PRESET-VIDEO-3" + + // PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo4 is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo4 = "PRESET-VIDEO-4" + + // PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo5 is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo5 = "PRESET-VIDEO-5" + + // PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo6 is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo6 = "PRESET-VIDEO-6" + + // PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo7 is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo7 = "PRESET-VIDEO-7" + + // PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo8 is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo8 = "PRESET-VIDEO-8" + + // PresetSpeke20VideoShared is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoShared = "SHARED" + + // PresetSpeke20VideoUnencrypted is a PresetSpeke20Video enum value + PresetSpeke20VideoUnencrypted = "UNENCRYPTED" +) + +// PresetSpeke20Video_Values returns all elements of the PresetSpeke20Video enum +func PresetSpeke20Video_Values() []string { + return []string{ + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo1, + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo2, + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo3, + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo4, + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo5, + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo6, + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo7, + PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo8, + PresetSpeke20VideoShared, + PresetSpeke20VideoUnencrypted, + } +} + const ( // ProfileNone is a Profile enum value ProfileNone = "NONE" diff --git a/service/panorama/api.go b/service/panorama/api.go index dc1d5afbf6f..2588d20cf85 100644 --- a/service/panorama/api.go +++ b/service/panorama/api.go @@ -144,7 +144,8 @@ func (c *Panorama) CreateJobForDevicesRequest(input *CreateJobForDevicesInput) ( // CreateJobForDevices API operation for AWS Panorama. // -// Creates a job to run on one or more devices. +// Creates a job to run on one or more devices. A job can update a device's +// software or reboot it. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3195,6 +3196,94 @@ func (c *Panorama) RemoveApplicationInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input * return out, req.Send() } +const opSignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances = "SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances" + +// SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the +// client's request for the SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances operation. The "output" return +// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes +// successfully. +// +// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. +// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. +// +// See SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances for more information on using the SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances +// API call, and error handling. +// +// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration +// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. +// +// // Example sending a request using the SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest method. +// req, resp := client.SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest(params) +// +// err := req.Send() +// if err == nil { // resp is now filled +// fmt.Println(resp) +// } +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/panorama-2019-07-24/SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances +func (c *Panorama) SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest(input *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput) { + op := &request.Operation{ + Name: opSignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances, + HTTPMethod: "PUT", + HTTPPath: "/application-instances/{ApplicationInstanceId}/node-signals", + } + + if input == nil { + input = &SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput{} + } + + output = &SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput{} + req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) + return +} + +// SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances API operation for AWS Panorama. +// +// Signal camera nodes to stop or resume. +// +// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions +// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about +// the error. +// +// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Panorama's +// API operation SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances for usage and error information. +// +// Returned Error Types: +// +// - ValidationException +// The request contains an invalid parameter value. +// +// - AccessDeniedException +// The requestor does not have permission to access the target action or resource. +// +// - ServiceQuotaExceededException +// The request would cause a limit to be exceeded. +// +// - InternalServerException +// An internal error occurred. +// +// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/panorama-2019-07-24/SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances +func (c *Panorama) SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances(input *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput) (*SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest(input) + return out, req.Send() +} + +// SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesWithContext is the same as SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances with the addition of +// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. +// +// See SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances for details on how to use this API operation. +// +// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If +// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create +// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ +// for more information on using Contexts. +func (c *Panorama) SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput, error) { + req, out := c.SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest(input) + req.SetContext(ctx) + req.ApplyOptions(opts...) + return out, req.Send() +} + const opTagResource = "TagResource" // TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the @@ -3582,6 +3671,9 @@ type ApplicationInstance struct { // The application instance's name. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The application's state. + RuntimeContextStates []*ReportedRuntimeContextState `type:"list"` + // The application instance's status. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ApplicationInstanceStatus"` @@ -3658,6 +3750,12 @@ func (s *ApplicationInstance) SetName(v string) *ApplicationInstance { return s } +// SetRuntimeContextStates sets the RuntimeContextStates field's value. +func (s *ApplicationInstance) SetRuntimeContextStates(v []*ReportedRuntimeContextState) *ApplicationInstance { + s.RuntimeContextStates = v + return s +} + // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *ApplicationInstance) SetStatus(v string) *ApplicationInstance { s.Status = &v @@ -3973,10 +4071,8 @@ type CreateJobForDevicesInput struct { // DeviceIds is a required field DeviceIds []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` - // Configuration settings for the job. - // - // DeviceJobConfig is a required field - DeviceJobConfig *DeviceJobConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` + // Configuration settings for a software update job. + DeviceJobConfig *DeviceJobConfig `type:"structure"` // The type of job to run. // @@ -4011,9 +4107,6 @@ func (s *CreateJobForDevicesInput) Validate() error { if s.DeviceIds != nil && len(s.DeviceIds) < 1 { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("DeviceIds", 1)) } - if s.DeviceJobConfig == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DeviceJobConfig")) - } if s.JobType == nil { invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("JobType")) } @@ -5029,6 +5122,9 @@ type DescribeApplicationInstanceOutput struct { // The application instance's name. Name *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The application instance's state. + RuntimeContextStates []*ReportedRuntimeContextState `type:"list"` + // The application instance's runtime role ARN. RuntimeRoleArn *string `min:"1" type:"string"` @@ -5120,6 +5216,12 @@ func (s *DescribeApplicationInstanceOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeApplicati return s } +// SetRuntimeContextStates sets the RuntimeContextStates field's value. +func (s *DescribeApplicationInstanceOutput) SetRuntimeContextStates(v []*ReportedRuntimeContextState) *DescribeApplicationInstanceOutput { + s.RuntimeContextStates = v + return s +} + // SetRuntimeRoleArn sets the RuntimeRoleArn field's value. func (s *DescribeApplicationInstanceOutput) SetRuntimeRoleArn(v string) *DescribeApplicationInstanceOutput { s.RuntimeRoleArn = &v @@ -5266,6 +5368,9 @@ type DescribeDeviceJobOutput struct { // The job's ID. JobId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The job's type. + JobType *string `type:"string" enum:"JobType"` + // The job's status. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"UpdateProgress"` } @@ -5330,6 +5435,12 @@ func (s *DescribeDeviceJobOutput) SetJobId(v string) *DescribeDeviceJobOutput { return s } +// SetJobType sets the JobType field's value. +func (s *DescribeDeviceJobOutput) SetJobType(v string) *DescribeDeviceJobOutput { + s.JobType = &v + return s +} + // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *DescribeDeviceJobOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DescribeDeviceJobOutput { s.Status = &v @@ -6685,6 +6796,9 @@ type DeviceJob struct { // The job's ID. JobId *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + + // The job's type. + JobType *string `type:"string" enum:"JobType"` } // String returns the string representation. @@ -6729,6 +6843,12 @@ func (s *DeviceJob) SetJobId(v string) *DeviceJob { return s } +// SetJobType sets the JobType field's value. +func (s *DeviceJob) SetJobType(v string) *DeviceJob { + s.JobType = &v + return s +} + // A job's configuration. type DeviceJobConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7063,6 +7183,9 @@ type LatestDeviceJob struct { // The target version of the device software. ImageVersion *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The job's type. + JobType *string `type:"string" enum:"JobType"` + // Status of the latest device job. Status *string `type:"string" enum:"UpdateProgress"` } @@ -7091,6 +7214,12 @@ func (s *LatestDeviceJob) SetImageVersion(v string) *LatestDeviceJob { return s } +// SetJobType sets the JobType field's value. +func (s *LatestDeviceJob) SetJobType(v string) *LatestDeviceJob { + s.JobType = &v + return s +} + // SetStatus sets the Status field's value. func (s *LatestDeviceJob) SetStatus(v string) *LatestDeviceJob { s.Status = &v @@ -8875,6 +9004,70 @@ func (s *NodeOutputPort) SetType(v string) *NodeOutputPort { return s } +// A signal to a camera node to start or stop processing video. +type NodeSignal struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The camera node's name, from the application manifest. + // + // NodeInstanceId is a required field + NodeInstanceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // The signal value. + // + // Signal is a required field + Signal *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"NodeSignalValue"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s NodeSignal) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s NodeSignal) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *NodeSignal) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NodeSignal"} + if s.NodeInstanceId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NodeInstanceId")) + } + if s.NodeInstanceId != nil && len(*s.NodeInstanceId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NodeInstanceId", 1)) + } + if s.Signal == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Signal")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetNodeInstanceId sets the NodeInstanceId field's value. +func (s *NodeSignal) SetNodeInstanceId(v string) *NodeSignal { + s.NodeInstanceId = &v + return s +} + +// SetSignal sets the Signal field's value. +func (s *NodeSignal) SetSignal(v string) *NodeSignal { + s.Signal = &v + return s +} + // Network time protocol (NTP) server settings. Use this option to connect to // local NTP servers instead of pool.ntp.org. type NtpPayload struct { @@ -9908,6 +10101,73 @@ func (s RemoveApplicationInstanceOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// An application instance's state. +type ReportedRuntimeContextState struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The application's desired state. + // + // DesiredState is a required field + DesiredState *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DesiredState"` + + // The application's reported status. + // + // DeviceReportedStatus is a required field + DeviceReportedStatus *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"DeviceReportedStatus"` + + // When the device reported the application's state. + // + // DeviceReportedTime is a required field + DeviceReportedTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"` + + // The device's name. + // + // RuntimeContextName is a required field + RuntimeContextName *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s ReportedRuntimeContextState) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s ReportedRuntimeContextState) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetDesiredState sets the DesiredState field's value. +func (s *ReportedRuntimeContextState) SetDesiredState(v string) *ReportedRuntimeContextState { + s.DesiredState = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeviceReportedStatus sets the DeviceReportedStatus field's value. +func (s *ReportedRuntimeContextState) SetDeviceReportedStatus(v string) *ReportedRuntimeContextState { + s.DeviceReportedStatus = &v + return s +} + +// SetDeviceReportedTime sets the DeviceReportedTime field's value. +func (s *ReportedRuntimeContextState) SetDeviceReportedTime(v time.Time) *ReportedRuntimeContextState { + s.DeviceReportedTime = &v + return s +} + +// SetRuntimeContextName sets the RuntimeContextName field's value. +func (s *ReportedRuntimeContextState) SetRuntimeContextName(v string) *ReportedRuntimeContextState { + s.RuntimeContextName = &v + return s +} + // The target resource was not found. type ResourceNotFoundException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -10141,6 +10401,115 @@ func (s *ServiceQuotaExceededException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } +type SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An application instance ID. + // + // ApplicationInstanceId is a required field + ApplicationInstanceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"ApplicationInstanceId" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + + // A list of signals. + // + // NodeSignals is a required field + NodeSignals []*NodeSignal `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput"} + if s.ApplicationInstanceId == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ApplicationInstanceId")) + } + if s.ApplicationInstanceId != nil && len(*s.ApplicationInstanceId) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ApplicationInstanceId", 1)) + } + if s.NodeSignals == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NodeSignals")) + } + if s.NodeSignals != nil && len(s.NodeSignals) < 1 { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NodeSignals", 1)) + } + if s.NodeSignals != nil { + for i, v := range s.NodeSignals { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "NodeSignals", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetApplicationInstanceId sets the ApplicationInstanceId field's value. +func (s *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput) SetApplicationInstanceId(v string) *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput { + s.ApplicationInstanceId = &v + return s +} + +// SetNodeSignals sets the NodeSignals field's value. +func (s *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput) SetNodeSignals(v []*NodeSignal) *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput { + s.NodeSignals = v + return s +} + +type SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // An application instance ID. + // + // ApplicationInstanceId is a required field + ApplicationInstanceId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetApplicationInstanceId sets the ApplicationInstanceId field's value. +func (s *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput) SetApplicationInstanceId(v string) *SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput { + s.ApplicationInstanceId = &v + return s +} + // A static IP configuration. type StaticIpConnectionInfo struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -10833,6 +11202,26 @@ func ConnectionType_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // DesiredStateRunning is a DesiredState enum value + DesiredStateRunning = "RUNNING" + + // DesiredStateStopped is a DesiredState enum value + DesiredStateStopped = "STOPPED" + + // DesiredStateRemoved is a DesiredState enum value + DesiredStateRemoved = "REMOVED" +) + +// DesiredState_Values returns all elements of the DesiredState enum +func DesiredState_Values() []string { + return []string{ + DesiredStateRunning, + DesiredStateStopped, + DesiredStateRemoved, + } +} + const ( // DeviceAggregatedStatusError is a DeviceAggregatedStatus enum value DeviceAggregatedStatusError = "ERROR" @@ -10860,6 +11249,9 @@ const ( // DeviceAggregatedStatusUpdateNeeded is a DeviceAggregatedStatus enum value DeviceAggregatedStatusUpdateNeeded = "UPDATE_NEEDED" + + // DeviceAggregatedStatusRebooting is a DeviceAggregatedStatus enum value + DeviceAggregatedStatusRebooting = "REBOOTING" ) // DeviceAggregatedStatus_Values returns all elements of the DeviceAggregatedStatus enum @@ -10874,6 +11266,7 @@ func DeviceAggregatedStatus_Values() []string { DeviceAggregatedStatusOffline, DeviceAggregatedStatusLeaseExpired, DeviceAggregatedStatusUpdateNeeded, + DeviceAggregatedStatusRebooting, } } @@ -10921,6 +11314,58 @@ func DeviceConnectionStatus_Values() []string { } } +const ( + // DeviceReportedStatusStopping is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusStopping = "STOPPING" + + // DeviceReportedStatusStopped is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusStopped = "STOPPED" + + // DeviceReportedStatusStopError is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusStopError = "STOP_ERROR" + + // DeviceReportedStatusRemovalFailed is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusRemovalFailed = "REMOVAL_FAILED" + + // DeviceReportedStatusRemovalInProgress is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusRemovalInProgress = "REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS" + + // DeviceReportedStatusStarting is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusStarting = "STARTING" + + // DeviceReportedStatusRunning is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusRunning = "RUNNING" + + // DeviceReportedStatusInstallError is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusInstallError = "INSTALL_ERROR" + + // DeviceReportedStatusLaunched is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusLaunched = "LAUNCHED" + + // DeviceReportedStatusLaunchError is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusLaunchError = "LAUNCH_ERROR" + + // DeviceReportedStatusInstallInProgress is a DeviceReportedStatus enum value + DeviceReportedStatusInstallInProgress = "INSTALL_IN_PROGRESS" +) + +// DeviceReportedStatus_Values returns all elements of the DeviceReportedStatus enum +func DeviceReportedStatus_Values() []string { + return []string{ + DeviceReportedStatusStopping, + DeviceReportedStatusStopped, + DeviceReportedStatusStopError, + DeviceReportedStatusRemovalFailed, + DeviceReportedStatusRemovalInProgress, + DeviceReportedStatusStarting, + DeviceReportedStatusRunning, + DeviceReportedStatusInstallError, + DeviceReportedStatusLaunched, + DeviceReportedStatusLaunchError, + DeviceReportedStatusInstallInProgress, + } +} + const ( // DeviceStatusAwaitingProvisioning is a DeviceStatus enum value DeviceStatusAwaitingProvisioning = "AWAITING_PROVISIONING" @@ -10984,12 +11429,16 @@ func JobResourceType_Values() []string { const ( // JobTypeOta is a JobType enum value JobTypeOta = "OTA" + + // JobTypeReboot is a JobType enum value + JobTypeReboot = "REBOOT" ) // JobType_Values returns all elements of the JobType enum func JobType_Values() []string { return []string{ JobTypeOta, + JobTypeReboot, } } @@ -11090,6 +11539,9 @@ const ( // NodeInstanceStatusNotAvailable is a NodeInstanceStatus enum value NodeInstanceStatusNotAvailable = "NOT_AVAILABLE" + + // NodeInstanceStatusPaused is a NodeInstanceStatus enum value + NodeInstanceStatusPaused = "PAUSED" ) // NodeInstanceStatus_Values returns all elements of the NodeInstanceStatus enum @@ -11098,6 +11550,23 @@ func NodeInstanceStatus_Values() []string { NodeInstanceStatusRunning, NodeInstanceStatusError, NodeInstanceStatusNotAvailable, + NodeInstanceStatusPaused, + } +} + +const ( + // NodeSignalValuePause is a NodeSignalValue enum value + NodeSignalValuePause = "PAUSE" + + // NodeSignalValueResume is a NodeSignalValue enum value + NodeSignalValueResume = "RESUME" +) + +// NodeSignalValue_Values returns all elements of the NodeSignalValue enum +func NodeSignalValue_Values() []string { + return []string{ + NodeSignalValuePause, + NodeSignalValueResume, } } diff --git a/service/panorama/panoramaiface/interface.go b/service/panorama/panoramaiface/interface.go index 74eb1e4b233..b0a447efcb4 100644 --- a/service/panorama/panoramaiface/interface.go +++ b/service/panorama/panoramaiface/interface.go @@ -207,6 +207,10 @@ type PanoramaAPI interface { RemoveApplicationInstanceWithContext(aws.Context, *panorama.RemoveApplicationInstanceInput, ...request.Option) (*panorama.RemoveApplicationInstanceOutput, error) RemoveApplicationInstanceRequest(*panorama.RemoveApplicationInstanceInput) (*request.Request, *panorama.RemoveApplicationInstanceOutput) + SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstances(*panorama.SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput) (*panorama.SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput, error) + SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesWithContext(aws.Context, *panorama.SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput, ...request.Option) (*panorama.SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput, error) + SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesRequest(*panorama.SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesInput) (*request.Request, *panorama.SignalApplicationInstanceNodeInstancesOutput) + TagResource(*panorama.TagResourceInput) (*panorama.TagResourceOutput, error) TagResourceWithContext(aws.Context, *panorama.TagResourceInput, ...request.Option) (*panorama.TagResourceOutput, error) TagResourceRequest(*panorama.TagResourceInput) (*request.Request, *panorama.TagResourceOutput) diff --git a/service/rdsdataservice/api.go b/service/rdsdataservice/api.go index 8a5166f0859..bf224030735 100644 --- a/service/rdsdataservice/api.go +++ b/service/rdsdataservice/api.go @@ -851,6 +851,8 @@ type BatchExecuteStatementInput struct { ResourceArn *string `locationName:"resourceArn" min:"11" type:"string" required:"true"` // The name of the database schema. + // + // Currently, the schema parameter isn't supported. Schema *string `locationName:"schema" type:"string"` // The ARN of the secret that enables access to the DB cluster. Enter the database diff --git a/service/ssm/api.go b/service/ssm/api.go index f17e0a4c842..e9012c7b878 100644 --- a/service/ssm/api.go +++ b/service/ssm/api.go @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateAssociationRequest(input *CreateAssociationInput) (req *requ // TargetMap parameter isn't valid. // // - InvalidTag -// The tag key or value isn't valid. +// The specified tag key or value isn't valid. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/CreateAssociation func (c *SSM) CreateAssociation(input *CreateAssociationInput) (*CreateAssociationOutput, error) { @@ -12098,9 +12098,14 @@ func (c *SSM) ModifyDocumentPermissionRequest(input *ModifyDocumentPermissionInp // // - DocumentPermissionLimit // The document can't be shared with more Amazon Web Services user accounts. -// You can share a document with a maximum of 20 accounts. You can publicly -// share up to five documents. If you need to increase this limit, contact Amazon -// Web Services Support. +// You can specify a maximum of 20 accounts per API operation to share a private +// document. +// +// By default, you can share a private document with a maximum of 1,000 accounts +// and publicly share up to five documents. +// +// If you need to increase the quota for privately or publicly shared Systems +// Manager documents, contact Amazon Web Services Support. // // - DocumentLimitExceeded // You can have at most 500 active SSM documents. @@ -21652,10 +21657,11 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { // By default, all associations use AUTO mode. SyncCompliance *string `type:"string" enum:"AssociationSyncCompliance"` - // Optional metadata that you assign to a resource. Tags enable you to categorize - // a resource in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, or environment. - // For example, you might want to tag an association to identify the type of - // resource to which it applies, the environment, or the purpose of the association. + // Adds or overwrites one or more tags for a State Manager association. Tags + // are metadata that you can assign to your Amazon Web Services resources. Tags + // enable you to categorize your resources in different ways, for example, by + // purpose, owner, or environment. Each tag consists of a key and an optional + // value, both of which you define. Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` // A location is a combination of Amazon Web Services Regions and Amazon Web @@ -29873,9 +29879,14 @@ func (s *DocumentParameter) SetType(v string) *DocumentParameter { } // The document can't be shared with more Amazon Web Services user accounts. -// You can share a document with a maximum of 20 accounts. You can publicly -// share up to five documents. If you need to increase this limit, contact Amazon -// Web Services Support. +// You can specify a maximum of 20 accounts per API operation to share a private +// document. +// +// By default, you can share a private document with a maximum of 1,000 accounts +// and publicly share up to five documents. +// +// If you need to increase the quota for privately or publicly shared Systems +// Manager documents, contact Amazon Web Services Support. type DocumentPermissionLimit struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -35477,14 +35488,26 @@ func (s *InstanceInformationFilter) SetValueSet(v []*string) *InstanceInformatio type InstanceInformationStringFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The filter key name to describe your managed nodes. For example: + // The filter key name to describe your managed nodes. + // + // Valid filter key values: ActivationIds | AgentVersion | AssociationStatus + // | IamRole | InstanceIds | PingStatus | PlatformTypes | ResourceType | SourceIds + // | SourceTypes | "tag-key" | "tag:{keyname} // - // "InstanceIds" | "AgentVersion" | "PingStatus" | "PlatformTypes" | "ActivationIds" - // | "IamRole" | "ResourceType" | "AssociationStatus" | "tag-key" | "tag:{keyname} + // * Valid values for the AssociationStatus filter key: Success | Pending + // | Failed // - // Tag Key isn't a valid filter. You must specify either tag-key or tag:{keyname} - // and a string. Here are some valid examples: tag-key, tag:123, tag:al!, tag:Windows. - // Here are some invalid examples: tag-keys, Tag Key, tag:, tagKey, abc:keyname. + // * Valid values for the PingStatus filter key: Online | ConnectionLost + // | Inactive (deprecated) + // + // * Valid values for the PlatformType filter key: Windows | Linux | MacOS + // + // * Valid values for the ResourceType filter key: EC2Instance | ManagedInstance + // + // * Valid values for the SourceType filter key: AWS::EC2::Instance | AWS::SSM::ManagedInstance + // | AWS::IoT::Thing + // + // * Valid tag examples: Key=tag-key,Values=Purpose | Key=tag:Purpose,Values=Test. // // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -35559,11 +35582,10 @@ type InstancePatchState struct { // BaselineId is a required field BaselineId *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The number of managed nodes where patches that are specified as Critical - // for compliance reporting in the patch baseline aren't installed. These patches - // might be missing, have failed installation, were rejected, or were installed - // but awaiting a required managed node reboot. The status of these managed - // nodes is NON_COMPLIANT. + // The number of patches per node that are specified as Critical for compliance + // reporting in the patch baseline aren't installed. These patches might be + // missing, have failed installation, were rejected, or were installed but awaiting + // a required managed node reboot. The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT. CriticalNonCompliantCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // The number of patches from the patch baseline that were attempted to be installed @@ -35640,9 +35662,9 @@ type InstancePatchState struct { // OperationStartTime is a required field OperationStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"` - // The number of managed nodes with patches installed that are specified as - // other than Critical or Security but aren't compliant with the patch baseline. - // The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT. + // The number of patches per node that are specified as other than Critical + // or Security but aren't compliant with the patch baseline. The status of these + // managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT. OtherNonCompliantCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // Placeholder information. This field will always be empty in the current release @@ -35673,10 +35695,10 @@ type InstancePatchState struct { // until a reboot is performed. RebootOption *string `type:"string" enum:"RebootOption"` - // The number of managed nodes where patches that are specified as Security - // in a patch advisory aren't installed. These patches might be missing, have - // failed installation, were rejected, or were installed but awaiting a required - // managed node reboot. The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT. + // The number of patches per node that are specified as Security in a patch + // advisory aren't installed. These patches might be missing, have failed installation, + // were rejected, or were installed but awaiting a required managed node reboot. + // The status of these managed nodes is NON_COMPLIANT. SecurityNonCompliantCount *int64 `type:"integer"` // The ID of the patch baseline snapshot used during the patching operation @@ -38871,7 +38893,7 @@ func (s *InvalidSchedule) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -// The tag key or value isn't valid. +// The specified tag key or value isn't valid. type InvalidTag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -42387,7 +42409,7 @@ func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOut type LoggingInfo struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The name of an S3 bucket where execution logs are stored . + // The name of an S3 bucket where execution logs are stored. // // S3BucketName is a required field S3BucketName *string `min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -59882,6 +59904,9 @@ const ( // OperatingSystemAmazonLinux2 is a OperatingSystem enum value OperatingSystemAmazonLinux2 = "AMAZON_LINUX_2" + // OperatingSystemAmazonLinux2022 is a OperatingSystem enum value + OperatingSystemAmazonLinux2022 = "AMAZON_LINUX_2022" + // OperatingSystemUbuntu is a OperatingSystem enum value OperatingSystemUbuntu = "UBUNTU" @@ -59916,6 +59941,7 @@ func OperatingSystem_Values() []string { OperatingSystemWindows, OperatingSystemAmazonLinux, OperatingSystemAmazonLinux2, + OperatingSystemAmazonLinux2022, OperatingSystemUbuntu, OperatingSystemRedhatEnterpriseLinux, OperatingSystemSuse, diff --git a/service/ssm/errors.go b/service/ssm/errors.go index 13c253edd36..0fd5a08c9c2 100644 --- a/service/ssm/errors.go +++ b/service/ssm/errors.go @@ -123,9 +123,14 @@ const ( // "DocumentPermissionLimit". // // The document can't be shared with more Amazon Web Services user accounts. - // You can share a document with a maximum of 20 accounts. You can publicly - // share up to five documents. If you need to increase this limit, contact Amazon - // Web Services Support. + // You can specify a maximum of 20 accounts per API operation to share a private + // document. + // + // By default, you can share a private document with a maximum of 1,000 accounts + // and publicly share up to five documents. + // + // If you need to increase the quota for privately or publicly shared Systems + // Manager documents, contact Amazon Web Services Support. ErrCodeDocumentPermissionLimit = "DocumentPermissionLimit" // ErrCodeDocumentVersionLimitExceeded for service response error code @@ -514,7 +519,7 @@ const ( // ErrCodeInvalidTag for service response error code // "InvalidTag". // - // The tag key or value isn't valid. + // The specified tag key or value isn't valid. ErrCodeInvalidTag = "InvalidTag" // ErrCodeInvalidTarget for service response error code diff --git a/service/ssmincidents/api.go b/service/ssmincidents/api.go index dc3eb69fa6e..41df55957af 100644 --- a/service/ssmincidents/api.go +++ b/service/ssmincidents/api.go @@ -8703,6 +8703,9 @@ const ( // ItemTypeInvolvedResource is a ItemType enum value ItemTypeInvolvedResource = "INVOLVED_RESOURCE" + + // ItemTypeTask is a ItemType enum value + ItemTypeTask = "TASK" ) // ItemType_Values returns all elements of the ItemType enum @@ -8716,6 +8719,7 @@ func ItemType_Values() []string { ItemTypeOther, ItemTypeAutomation, ItemTypeInvolvedResource, + ItemTypeTask, } } diff --git a/service/transfer/api.go b/service/transfer/api.go index a99509d7188..10dbf729969 100644 --- a/service/transfer/api.go +++ b/service/transfer/api.go @@ -257,8 +257,9 @@ func (c *Transfer) CreateConnectorRequest(input *CreateConnectorInput) (req *req // CreateConnector API operation for AWS Transfer Family. // // Creates the connector, which captures the parameters for an outbound connection -// for the AS2 protocol. The connector is required for sending files from a -// customer's non Amazon Web Services server. +// for the AS2 protocol. The connector is required for sending files to an externally +// hosted AS2 server. For more details about connectors, see Create AS2 connectors +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/create-b2b-server.html#configure-as2-connector). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -352,8 +353,7 @@ func (c *Transfer) CreateProfileRequest(input *CreateProfileInput) (req *request // CreateProfile API operation for AWS Transfer Family. // -// Creates the profile for the AS2 process. The agreement is between the partner -// and the AS2 process. +// Creates the local or partner profile to use for AS2 transfers. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2796,7 +2796,7 @@ func (c *Transfer) ImportHostKeyRequest(input *ImportHostKeyInput) (req *request // ImportHostKey API operation for AWS Transfer Family. // -// Adds a host key to the server specified by the ServerId parameter. +// Adds a host key to the server that's specified by the ServerId parameter. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3758,7 +3758,8 @@ func (c *Transfer) ListHostKeysRequest(input *ListHostKeysInput) (req *request.R // ListHostKeys API operation for AWS Transfer Family. // -// Returns a list of host keys for the server specified by the ServerId paramter. +// Returns a list of host keys for the server that's specified by the ServerId +// parameter. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4851,8 +4852,8 @@ func (c *Transfer) StartFileTransferRequest(input *StartFileTransferInput) (req // StartFileTransfer API operation for AWS Transfer Family. // -// Begins an outbound file transfer. You specify the ConnectorId and the file -// paths for where to send the files. +// Begins an outbound file transfer to a remote AS2 server. You specify the +// ConnectorId and the file paths for where to send the files. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5839,8 +5840,8 @@ func (c *Transfer) UpdateHostKeyRequest(input *UpdateHostKeyInput) (req *request // UpdateHostKey API operation for AWS Transfer Family. // -// Updates the description for the host key specified by the specified by the -// ServerId and HostKeyId parameters. +// Updates the description for the host key that's specified by the ServerId +// and HostKeyId parameters. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6748,13 +6749,13 @@ func (s *CreateAccessInput) SetServerId(v string) *CreateAccessInput { type CreateAccessOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The external ID of the group whose users have access to your Amazon S3 or - // Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family. + // The external identifier of the group whose users have access to your Amazon + // S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Transfer Family. // // ExternalId is a required field ExternalId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The ID of the server that the user is attached to. + // The identifier of the server that the user is attached to. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -6809,7 +6810,7 @@ type CreateAgreementInput struct { // The landing directory (folder) for files transferred by using the AS2 protocol. // - // A BaseDirectory example is /DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET/home/mydirectory . + // A BaseDirectory example is DOC-EXAMPLE-BUCKET/home/mydirectory. // // BaseDirectory is a required field BaseDirectory *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -7171,8 +7172,13 @@ type CreateProfileInput struct { // for working with profiles and partner profiles. CertificateIds []*string `type:"list"` - // Indicates whether to list only LOCAL type profiles or only PARTNER type profiles. - // If not supplied in the request, the command lists all types of profiles. + // Determines the type of profile to create: + // + // * Specify LOCAL to create a local profile. A local profile represents + // the AS2-enabled Transfer Family server organization or party. + // + // * Specify PARTNER to create a partner profile. A partner profile represents + // a remote organization, external to Transfer Family. // // ProfileType is a required field ProfileType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ProfileType"` @@ -7358,7 +7364,9 @@ type CreateServerInput struct { // possible with EndpointType set to VPC_ENDPOINT. EndpointType *string `type:"string" enum:"EndpointType"` - // The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for your server. + // The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for your SFTP-enabled server. + // You can add multiple host keys, in case you want to rotate keys, or have + // a set of active keys that use different algorithms. // // Use the following command to generate an RSA 2048 bit key with no passphrase: // @@ -7384,8 +7392,7 @@ type CreateServerInput struct { // server to a new server, don't update the host key. Accidentally changing // a server's host key can be disruptive. // - // For more information, see Change the host key for your SFTP-enabled server - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/edit-server-config.html#configuring-servers-change-host-key) + // For more information, see Update host keys for your SFTP-enabled server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/edit-server-config.html#configuring-servers-change-host-key) // in the Transfer Family User Guide. // // HostKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be @@ -7503,6 +7510,11 @@ type CreateServerInput struct { // Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role // that's used for executing the workflow. + // + // In additon to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded completely, WorkflowDeatails + // can also contain a workflow ID (and execution role) for a workflow to execute + // on partial upload. A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session + // disconnects. WorkflowDetails *WorkflowDetails `type:"structure"` } @@ -7666,7 +7678,7 @@ func (s *CreateServerInput) SetWorkflowDetails(v *WorkflowDetails) *CreateServer type CreateServerOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The service-assigned ID of the server that is created. + // The service-assigned identifier of the server that is created. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -7937,7 +7949,7 @@ func (s *CreateUserInput) SetUserName(v string) *CreateUserInput { type CreateUserOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The ID of the server that the user is attached to. + // The identifier of the server that the user is attached to. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -8330,7 +8342,7 @@ type DeleteAgreementInput struct { // AgreementId is a required field AgreementId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The server ID associated with the agreement that you are deleting. + // The server identifier associated with the agreement that you are deleting. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -8413,7 +8425,7 @@ func (s DeleteAgreementOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteCertificateInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The ID of the certificate object that you are deleting. + // The identifier of the certificate object that you are deleting. // // CertificateId is a required field CertificateId *string `min:"22" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -8555,12 +8567,12 @@ func (s DeleteConnectorOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteHostKeyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The ID of the host key that you are deleting. + // The identifier of the host key that you are deleting. // // HostKeyId is a required field HostKeyId *string `min:"25" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Provide the ID of the server that contains the host key that you are deleting. + // The identifier of the server that contains the host key that you are deleting. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -8643,7 +8655,7 @@ func (s DeleteHostKeyOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteProfileInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The ID of the profile that you are deleting. + // The identifier of the profile that you are deleting. // // ProfileId is a required field ProfileId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -9180,7 +9192,7 @@ func (s *DescribeAccessInput) SetServerId(v string) *DescribeAccessInput { type DescribeAccessOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The external ID of the server that the access is attached to. + // The external identifier of the server that the access is attached to. // // Access is a required field Access *DescribedAccess `type:"structure" required:"true"` @@ -9230,7 +9242,7 @@ type DescribeAgreementInput struct { // AgreementId is a required field AgreementId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The server ID that's associated with the agreement. + // The server identifier that's associated with the agreement. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -9600,12 +9612,12 @@ func (s *DescribeExecutionOutput) SetWorkflowId(v string) *DescribeExecutionOutp type DescribeHostKeyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Provide the ID of the host key that you want described. + // The identifier of the host key that you want described. // // HostKeyId is a required field HostKeyId *string `min:"25" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Provide the ID of the server that contains the host key that you want described. + // The identifier of the server that contains the host key that you want described. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -10785,8 +10797,8 @@ type DescribedHostKey struct { // Key-value pairs that can be used to group and search for host keys. Tags []*Tag `min:"1" type:"list"` - // The encryption algorithm used for the host key. The Type is one of the following - // values: + // The encryption algorithm that is used for the host key. The Type parameter + // is specified by using one of the following values: // // * ssh-rsa // @@ -10860,7 +10872,7 @@ func (s *DescribedHostKey) SetType(v string) *DescribedHostKey { return s } -// The details for a local or partner AS2 profile. profile. +// The details for a local or partner AS2 profile. type DescribedProfile struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -11190,6 +11202,11 @@ type DescribedServer struct { // Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role // that's used for executing the workflow. + // + // In additon to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded completely, WorkflowDeatails + // can also contain a workflow ID (and execution role) for a workflow to execute + // on partial upload. A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session + // disconnects. WorkflowDetails *WorkflowDetails `type:"structure"` } @@ -11563,7 +11580,7 @@ func (s *DescribedWorkflow) SetWorkflowId(v string) *DescribedWorkflow { type EfsFileLocation struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The ID of the file system, assigned by Amazon EFS. + // The identifier of the file system, assigned by Amazon EFS. FileSystemId *string `type:"string"` // The pathname for the folder being used by a workflow. @@ -11654,14 +11671,14 @@ type EndpointDetails struct { // This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC. SubnetIds []*string `type:"list"` - // The ID of the VPC endpoint. + // The identifier of the VPC endpoint. // // This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC_ENDPOINT. // // For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/create-server-in-vpc.html#deprecate-vpc-endpoint. VpcEndpointId *string `min:"22" type:"string"` - // The VPC ID of the VPC in which a server's endpoint will be hosted. + // The VPC identifier of the VPC in which a server's endpoint will be hosted. // // This property can only be set when EndpointType is set to VPC. VpcId *string `type:"string"` @@ -11906,7 +11923,7 @@ func (s *ExecutionStepResult) SetStepType(v string) *ExecutionStepResult { type FileLocation struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Specifies the Amazon EFS ID and the path for the file being used. + // Specifies the Amazon EFS identifier and the path for the file being used. EfsFileLocation *EfsFileLocation `type:"structure"` // Specifies the S3 details for the file being used, such as bucket, ETag, and @@ -12278,7 +12295,7 @@ func (s *ImportCertificateOutput) SetCertificateId(v string) *ImportCertificateO type ImportHostKeyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Enter a text description to identify this host key. + // The text description that identifies this host key. Description *string `type:"string"` // The public key portion of an SSH key pair. @@ -12292,7 +12309,7 @@ type ImportHostKeyInput struct { // HostKeyBody is a required field HostKeyBody *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` - // Provide the ID of the server that contains the host key that you are importing. + // The identifier of the server that contains the host key that you are importing. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -12378,12 +12395,12 @@ func (s *ImportHostKeyInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ImportHostKeyInput { type ImportHostKeyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Returns the host key ID for the imported key. + // Returns the host key identifier for the imported key. // // HostKeyId is a required field HostKeyId *string `min:"25" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Returns the server ID that contains the imported key. + // Returns the server identifier that contains the imported key. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -13435,7 +13452,7 @@ type ListHostKeysInput struct { // to continue listing results. NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"` - // Provide the ID of the server that contains the host keys that you want to + // The identifier of the server that contains the host keys that you want to // view. // // ServerId is a required field @@ -13512,7 +13529,7 @@ type ListHostKeysOutput struct { // results, if there are any. NextToken *string `min:"1" type:"string"` - // Returns the server ID that contains the listed host keys. + // Returns the server identifier that contains the listed host keys. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -14624,11 +14641,11 @@ func (s *ListedExecution) SetStatus(v string) *ListedExecution { return s } -// Returns properties of the host key that is specified. +// Returns properties of the host key that's specified. type ListedHostKey struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Specifies the unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host key. + // The unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the host key. // // Arn is a required field Arn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -14644,10 +14661,11 @@ type ListedHostKey struct { // the longer public key. Fingerprint *string `type:"string"` + // A unique identifier for the host key. HostKeyId *string `min:"25" type:"string"` - // The encryption algorithm used for the host key. The Type is one of the following - // values: + // The encryption algorithm that is used for the host key. The Type parameter + // is specified by using one of the following values: // // * ssh-rsa // @@ -15008,8 +15026,8 @@ func (s *ListedUser) SetUserName(v string) *ListedUser { return s } -// Contains the ID, text description, and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the -// workflow. +// Contains the identifier, text description, and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) +// for the workflow. type ListedWorkflow struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15199,6 +15217,22 @@ type ProtocolDetails struct { // Family server for the change to take effect. For details on using passive // mode (PASV) in a NAT environment, see Configuring your FTPS server behind // a firewall or NAT with Transfer Family (http://aws.amazon.com/blogs/storage/configuring-your-ftps-server-behind-a-firewall-or-nat-with-aws-transfer-family/). + // + // Special values + // + // The AUTO and 0.0.0.0 are special values for the PassiveIp parameter. The + // value PassiveIp=AUTO is assigned by default to FTP and FTPS type servers. + // In this case, the server automatically responds with one of the endpoint + // IPs within the PASV response. PassiveIp=0.0.0.0 has a more unique application + // for its usage. For example, if you have a High Availability (HA) Network + // Load Balancer (NLB) environment, where you have 3 subnets, you can only specify + // a single IP address using the PassiveIp parameter. This reduces the effectiveness + // of having High Availability. In this case, you can specify PassiveIp=0.0.0.0. + // This tells the client to use the same IP address as the Control connection + // and utilize all AZs for their connections. Note, however, that not all FTP + // clients support the PassiveIp=0.0.0.0 response. FileZilla and WinSCP do support + // it. If you are using other clients, check to see if your client supports + // the PassiveIp=0.0.0.0 response. PassiveIp *string `type:"string"` // Use the SetStatOption to ignore the error that is generated when the client @@ -16956,14 +16990,14 @@ func (s *UpdateAccessInput) SetServerId(v string) *UpdateAccessInput { type UpdateAccessOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The external ID of the group whose users have access to your Amazon S3 or - // Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Amazon Web ServicesTransfer + // The external identifier of the group whose users have access to your Amazon + // S3 or Amazon EFS resources over the enabled protocols using Amazon Web ServicesTransfer // Family. // // ExternalId is a required field ExternalId *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The ID of the server that the user is attached to. + // The identifier of the server that the user is attached to. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -17437,17 +17471,17 @@ func (s *UpdateConnectorOutput) SetConnectorId(v string) *UpdateConnectorOutput type UpdateHostKeyInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Provide an updated description for the host key. + // An updated description for the host key. // // Description is a required field Description *string `type:"string" required:"true"` - // Provide the ID of the host key that you are updating. + // The identifier of the host key that you are updating. // // HostKeyId is a required field HostKeyId *string `min:"25" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Provide the ID of the server that contains the host key that you are updating. + // The identifier of the server that contains the host key that you are updating. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -17517,12 +17551,13 @@ func (s *UpdateHostKeyInput) SetServerId(v string) *UpdateHostKeyInput { type UpdateHostKeyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Returns the host key ID for the updated host key. + // Returns the host key identifier for the updated host key. // // HostKeyId is a required field HostKeyId *string `min:"25" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Returns the server ID for the server that contains the updated host key. + // Returns the server identifier for the server that contains the updated host + // key. // // ServerId is a required field ServerId *string `min:"19" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -17713,7 +17748,9 @@ type UpdateServerInput struct { // possible with EndpointType set to VPC_ENDPOINT. EndpointType *string `type:"string" enum:"EndpointType"` - // The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for your server. + // The RSA, ECDSA, or ED25519 private key to use for your SFTP-enabled server. + // You can add multiple host keys, in case you want to rotate keys, or have + // a set of active keys that use different algorithms. // // Use the following command to generate an RSA 2048 bit key with no passphrase: // @@ -17739,8 +17776,7 @@ type UpdateServerInput struct { // server to a new server, don't update the host key. Accidentally changing // a server's host key can be disruptive. // - // For more information, see Change the host key for your SFTP-enabled server - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/edit-server-config.html#configuring-servers-change-host-key) + // For more information, see Update host keys for your SFTP-enabled server (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/transfer/latest/userguide/edit-server-config.html#configuring-servers-change-host-key) // in the Transfer Family User Guide. // // HostKey is a sensitive parameter and its value will be @@ -17839,6 +17875,11 @@ type UpdateServerInput struct { // Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role // that's used for executing the workflow. // + // In additon to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded completely, WorkflowDeatails + // can also contain a workflow ID (and execution role) for a workflow to execute + // on partial upload. A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session + // disconnects. + // // To remove an associated workflow from a server, you can provide an empty // OnUpload object, as in the following example. // @@ -18320,6 +18361,11 @@ func (s *UserDetails) SetUserName(v string) *UserDetails { // Specifies the workflow ID for the workflow to assign and the execution role // that's used for executing the workflow. +// +// In additon to a workflow to execute when a file is uploaded completely, WorkflowDeatails +// can also contain a workflow ID (and execution role) for a workflow to execute +// on partial upload. A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session +// disconnects. type WorkflowDetail struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18393,6 +18439,13 @@ func (s *WorkflowDetail) SetWorkflowId(v string) *WorkflowDetail { type WorkflowDetails struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // A trigger that starts a workflow if a file is only partially uploaded. You + // can attach a workflow to a server that executes whenever there is a partial + // upload. + // + // A partial upload occurs when a file is open when the session disconnects. + OnPartialUpload []*WorkflowDetail `type:"list"` + // A trigger that starts a workflow: the workflow begins to execute after a // file is uploaded. // @@ -18401,9 +18454,7 @@ type WorkflowDetails struct { // // aws transfer update-server --server-id s-01234567890abcdef --workflow-details // '{"OnUpload":[]}' - // - // OnUpload is a required field - OnUpload []*WorkflowDetail `type:"list" required:"true"` + OnUpload []*WorkflowDetail `type:"list"` } // String returns the string representation. @@ -18427,8 +18478,15 @@ func (s WorkflowDetails) GoString() string { // Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. func (s *WorkflowDetails) Validate() error { invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WorkflowDetails"} - if s.OnUpload == nil { - invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OnUpload")) + if s.OnPartialUpload != nil { + for i, v := range s.OnPartialUpload { + if v == nil { + continue + } + if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OnPartialUpload", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } } if s.OnUpload != nil { for i, v := range s.OnUpload { @@ -18447,6 +18505,12 @@ func (s *WorkflowDetails) Validate() error { return nil } +// SetOnPartialUpload sets the OnPartialUpload field's value. +func (s *WorkflowDetails) SetOnPartialUpload(v []*WorkflowDetail) *WorkflowDetails { + s.OnPartialUpload = v + return s +} + // SetOnUpload sets the OnUpload field's value. func (s *WorkflowDetails) SetOnUpload(v []*WorkflowDetail) *WorkflowDetails { s.OnUpload = v diff --git a/service/translate/api.go b/service/translate/api.go index c04e6c463fb..cbeefcdc6a6 100644 --- a/service/translate/api.go +++ b/service/translate/api.go @@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ func (c *Translate) CreateParallelDataRequest(input *CreateParallelDataInput) (r // short time and then try your request again. // // - TooManyTagsException +// You have added too many tags to this resource. The maximum is 50 tags. // // - ConflictException // There was a conflict processing the request. Try your request again. @@ -654,6 +655,7 @@ func (c *Translate) ImportTerminologyRequest(input *ImportTerminologyInput) (req // short time and then try your request again. // // - TooManyTagsException +// You have added too many tags to this resource. The maximum is 50 tags. // // - ConcurrentModificationException // Another modification is being made. That modification must complete before @@ -1019,6 +1021,9 @@ func (c *Translate) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) // ListTagsForResource API operation for Amazon Translate. // +// Lists all tags associated with a given Amazon Translate resource. For more +// information, see Tagging your resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/tagging.html). +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -1397,9 +1402,12 @@ func (c *Translate) StartTextTranslationJobRequest(input *StartTextTranslationJo // StartTextTranslationJob API operation for Amazon Translate. // -// Starts an asynchronous batch translation job. Batch translation jobs can -// be used to translate large volumes of text across multiple documents at once. -// For more information, see async. +// Starts an asynchronous batch translation job. Use batch translation jobs +// to translate large volumes of text across multiple documents at once. For +// batch translation, the input documents must share the same source language. +// You can specify one or more target languages. Batch translation translates +// each input document into each of the target languages. For more information, +// see Asynchronous batch processing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/async.html) // // Batch translation jobs can be described with the DescribeTextTranslationJob // operation, listed with the ListTextTranslationJobs operation, and stopped @@ -1423,7 +1431,8 @@ func (c *Translate) StartTextTranslationJobRequest(input *StartTextTranslationJo // // - UnsupportedLanguagePairException // Amazon Translate does not support translation from the language of the source -// text into the requested target language. For more information, see how-to-error-msg. +// text into the requested target language. For more information, see Error +// messages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/how-to-error-msg.html). // // - InvalidRequestException // The request that you made is not valid. Check your request to determine why @@ -1604,6 +1613,10 @@ func (c *Translate) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Re // TagResource API operation for Amazon Translate. // +// Associates a specific tag with a resource. A tag is a key-value pair that +// adds as a metadata to a resource. For more information, see Tagging your +// resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/tagging.html). +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -1627,6 +1640,7 @@ func (c *Translate) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Re // before retrying the revised request. // // - TooManyTagsException +// You have added too many tags to this resource. The maximum is 50 tags. // // - InternalServerException // An internal server error occurred. Retry your request. @@ -1697,7 +1711,8 @@ func (c *Translate) TextRequest(input *TextInput) (req *request.Request, output // Text API operation for Amazon Translate. // // Translates input text from the source language to the target language. For -// a list of available languages and language codes, see what-is-languages. +// a list of available languages and language codes, see Supported languages +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/what-is-languages.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1722,7 +1737,8 @@ func (c *Translate) TextRequest(input *TextInput) (req *request.Request, output // // - UnsupportedLanguagePairException // Amazon Translate does not support translation from the language of the source -// text into the requested target language. For more information, see how-to-error-msg. +// text into the requested target language. For more information, see Error +// messages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/how-to-error-msg.html). // // - DetectedLanguageLowConfidenceException // The confidence that Amazon Comprehend accurately detected the source language @@ -1809,6 +1825,9 @@ func (c *Translate) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *reques // UntagResource API operation for Amazon Translate. // +// Removes a specific tag associated with an Amazon Translate resource. For +// more information, see Tagging your resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/tagging.html). +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -2165,6 +2184,9 @@ type CreateParallelDataInput struct { // ParallelDataConfig is a required field ParallelDataConfig *ParallelDataConfig `type:"structure" required:"true"` + // Tags to be associated with this resource. A tag is a key-value pair that + // adds metadata to a resource. Each tag key for the resource must be unique. + // For more information, see Tagging your resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/tagging.html). Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } @@ -2960,6 +2982,9 @@ type ImportTerminologyInput struct { // Name is a required field Name *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Tags to be associated with this resource. A tag is a key-value pair that + // adds metadata to a resource. Each tag key for the resource must be unique. + // For more information, see Tagging your resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/tagging.html). Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` // The terminology data for the custom terminology being imported. @@ -3835,6 +3860,9 @@ func (s *ListParallelDataOutput) SetParallelDataPropertiesList(v []*ParallelData type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the given Amazon Translate resource you + // are querying. + // // ResourceArn is a required field ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -3882,6 +3910,10 @@ func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsForResource type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Tags associated with the Amazon Translate resource being queried. A tag is + // a key-value pair that adds as a metadata to a resource used by Amazon Translate. + // For example, a tag with "Sales" as the key might be added to a resource to + // indicate its use by the sales department. Tags []*Tag `type:"list"` } @@ -4623,7 +4655,7 @@ type StartTextTranslationJobInput struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Identity Access and Management (IAM) // role that grants Amazon Translate read access to your input data. For more - // information, see identity-and-access-management. + // information, see Identity and access management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/identity-and-access-management.html). // // DataAccessRoleArn is a required field DataAccessRoleArn *string `min:"20" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -4644,8 +4676,11 @@ type StartTextTranslationJobInput struct { // The name of a parallel data resource to add to the translation job. This // resource consists of examples that show how you want segments of text to - // be translated. When you add parallel data to a translation job, you create - // an Active Custom Translation job. + // be translated. If you specify multiple target languages for the job, the + // parallel data file must include translations for all the target languages. + // + // When you add parallel data to a translation job, you create an Active Custom + // Translation job. // // This parameter accepts only one parallel data resource. // @@ -4656,16 +4691,17 @@ type StartTextTranslationJobInput struct { // For a list of available parallel data resources, use the ListParallelData // operation. // - // For more information, see customizing-translations-parallel-data. + // For more information, see Customizing your translations with parallel data + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/customizing-translations-parallel-data.html). ParallelDataNames []*string `type:"list"` - // Settings to configure your translation output, including the option to mask - // profane words and phrases. StartTextTranslationJob does not support the formality - // setting. + // Settings to configure your translation output, including the option to set + // the formality level of the output text and the option to mask profane words + // and phrases. Settings *TranslationSettings `type:"structure"` // The language code of the input language. For a list of language codes, see - // what-is-languages. + // Supported languages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/what-is-languages.html). // // Amazon Translate does not automatically detect a source language during batch // translation jobs. @@ -4673,7 +4709,11 @@ type StartTextTranslationJobInput struct { // SourceLanguageCode is a required field SourceLanguageCode *string `min:"2" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The language code of the output language. + // The target languages of the translation job. Enter up to 10 language codes. + // Each input file is translated into each target language. + // + // Each language code is two or five characters long. For a list of language + // codes, see Supported languages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/what-is-languages.html). // // TargetLanguageCodes is a required field TargetLanguageCodes []*string `min:"1" type:"list" required:"true"` @@ -4684,10 +4724,14 @@ type StartTextTranslationJobInput struct { // // This parameter accepts only one custom terminology resource. // + // If you specify multiple target languages for the job, translate uses the + // designated terminology for each requested target language that has an entry + // for the source term in the terminology file. + // // For a list of available custom terminology resources, use the ListTerminologies // operation. // - // For more information, see how-custom-terminology. + // For more information, see Custom terminology (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/how-custom-terminology.html). TerminologyNames []*string `type:"list"` } @@ -4967,12 +5011,19 @@ func (s *StopTextTranslationJobOutput) SetJobStatus(v string) *StopTextTranslati return s } +// A key-value pair that adds as a metadata to a resource used by Amazon Translate. type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The initial part of a key-value pair that forms a tag associated with a given + // resource. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The second part of a key-value pair that forms a tag associated with a given + // resource. + // // Value is a required field Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -5029,9 +5080,16 @@ func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { type TagResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the given Amazon Translate resource to + // which you want to associate the tags. + // // ResourceArn is a required field ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Tags being associated with a specific Amazon Translate resource. There can + // be a maximum of 50 tags (both existing and pending) associated with a specific + // resource. + // // Tags is a required field Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -5485,7 +5543,7 @@ type TextInput struct { // The language code for the language of the source text. The language must // be a language supported by Amazon Translate. For a list of language codes, - // see what-is-languages. + // see Supported languages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/what-is-languages.html). // // To have Amazon Translate determine the source language of your text, you // can specify auto in the SourceLanguageCode field. If you specify auto, Amazon @@ -6041,6 +6099,7 @@ func (s *TooManyRequestsException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } +// You have added too many tags to this resource. The maximum is 50 tags. type TooManyTagsException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -6106,23 +6165,24 @@ func (s *TooManyTagsException) RequestID() string { return s.RespMetadata.RequestID } -// Settings that configure the translation output. +// Optional settings that configure the translation output. Use these settings +// for real time translations and asynchronous translation jobs. type TranslationSettings struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // You can optionally specify the desired level of formality for real-time translations + // You can optionally specify the desired level of formality for translations // to supported target languages. The formality setting controls the level of // formal language usage (also known as register (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Register_(sociolinguistics))) // in the translation output. You can set the value to informal or formal. If // you don't specify a value for formality, or if the target language doesn't // support formality, the translation will ignore the formality setting. // - // Note that asynchronous translation jobs don't support formality. If you provide - // a value for formality, the StartTextTranslationJob API throws an exception - // (InvalidRequestException). + // If you specify multiple target languages for the job, translate ignores the + // formality setting for any unsupported target language. // - // For target languages that support formality, see Supported Languages and - // Language Codes in the Amazon Translate Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/what-is.html). + // For a list of target languages that support formality, see Setting Formality + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/customizing-translations-formality.html) + // in the Amazon Translate Developer Guide. Formality *string `type:"string" enum:"Formality"` // Enable the profanity setting if you want Amazon Translate to mask profane @@ -6133,8 +6193,13 @@ type TranslationSettings struct { // word or phrase, regardless of the length or number of words. // // Amazon Translate doesn't detect profanity in all of its supported languages. - // For languages that support profanity detection, see Supported Languages and - // Language Codes in the Amazon Translate Developer Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/what-is.html). + // For languages that support profanity detection, see Masking profanity (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/customizing-translations-profanity.html) + // in the Amazon Translate Developer Guide. + // + // If you specify multiple target languages for the job, all the target languages + // must support profanity masking. If any of the target languages don't support + // profanity masking, the translation job won't mask profanity for any target + // language. Profanity *string `type:"string" enum:"Profanity"` } @@ -6236,7 +6301,8 @@ func (s *UnsupportedDisplayLanguageCodeException) RequestID() string { } // Amazon Translate does not support translation from the language of the source -// text into the requested target language. For more information, see how-to-error-msg. +// text into the requested target language. For more information, see Error +// messages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/how-to-error-msg.html). type UnsupportedLanguagePairException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -6309,9 +6375,16 @@ func (s *UnsupportedLanguagePairException) RequestID() string { type UntagResourceInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the given Amazon Translate resource from + // which you want to remove the tags. + // // ResourceArn is a required field ResourceArn *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The initial part of a key-value pair that forms a tag being removed from + // a given resource. Keys must be unique and cannot be duplicated for a particular + // resource. + // // TagKeys is a required field TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"` } diff --git a/service/translate/doc.go b/service/translate/doc.go index 1603a3cd67f..68f38931055 100644 --- a/service/translate/doc.go +++ b/service/translate/doc.go @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ // Package translate provides the client and types for making API // requests to Amazon Translate. // -// Provides translation between one source language and another of the same -// set of languages. +// Provides language translation for input text in the source language to the +// specified target language. // // See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/translate-2017-07-01 for more information on this service. // diff --git a/service/translate/errors.go b/service/translate/errors.go index 680eb1800b6..5275778c12f 100644 --- a/service/translate/errors.go +++ b/service/translate/errors.go @@ -96,6 +96,8 @@ const ( // ErrCodeTooManyTagsException for service response error code // "TooManyTagsException". + // + // You have added too many tags to this resource. The maximum is 50 tags. ErrCodeTooManyTagsException = "TooManyTagsException" // ErrCodeUnsupportedDisplayLanguageCodeException for service response error code @@ -108,7 +110,8 @@ const ( // "UnsupportedLanguagePairException". // // Amazon Translate does not support translation from the language of the source - // text into the requested target language. For more information, see how-to-error-msg. + // text into the requested target language. For more information, see Error + // messages (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/translate/latest/dg/how-to-error-msg.html). ErrCodeUnsupportedLanguagePairException = "UnsupportedLanguagePairException" )